Give the target more control over ARRAY_TYPE modes
[gcc.git] / gcc / target.def
1 /* Target hook definitions.
2 Copyright (C) 2001-2018 Free Software Foundation, Inc.
3
4 This program is free software; you can redistribute it and/or modify it
5 under the terms of the GNU General Public License as published by the
6 Free Software Foundation; either version 3, or (at your option) any
7 later version.
8
9 This program is distributed in the hope that it will be useful,
10 but WITHOUT ANY WARRANTY; without even the implied warranty of
11 MERCHANTABILITY or FITNESS FOR A PARTICULAR PURPOSE. See the
12 GNU General Public License for more details.
13
14 You should have received a copy of the GNU General Public License
15 along with this program; see the file COPYING3. If not see
16 <http://www.gnu.org/licenses/>.
17
18 In other words, you are welcome to use, share and improve this program.
19 You are forbidden to forbid anyone else to use, share and improve
20 what you give them. Help stamp out software-hoarding! */
21
22 /* See target-hooks-macros.h for details of macros that should be
23 provided by the including file, and how to use them here. */
24 #include "target-hooks-macros.h"
25
26 #undef HOOK_TYPE
27 #define HOOK_TYPE "Target Hook"
28
29 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_INITIALIZER, gcc_target)
30
31 /* Functions that output assembler for the target. */
32 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ASM_"
33 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ASM_OUT, asm_out)
34
35 /* Opening and closing parentheses for asm expression grouping. */
36 DEFHOOKPOD
37 (open_paren,
38 "These target hooks are C string constants, describing the syntax in the\n\
39 assembler for grouping arithmetic expressions. If not overridden, they\n\
40 default to normal parentheses, which is correct for most assemblers.",
41 const char *, "(")
42 DEFHOOKPODX (close_paren, const char *, ")")
43
44 /* Assembler instructions for creating various kinds of integer object. */
45 DEFHOOKPOD
46 (byte_op,
47 "@deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
48 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
49 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
50 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
51 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_HI_OP\n\
52 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_SI_OP\n\
53 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_DI_OP\n\
54 @deftypevrx {Target Hook} {const char *} TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_TI_OP\n\
55 These hooks specify assembly directives for creating certain kinds\n\
56 of integer object. The @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} directive creates a\n\
57 byte-sized object, the @code{TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_HI_OP} one creates an\n\
58 aligned two-byte object, and so on. Any of the hooks may be\n\
59 @code{NULL}, indicating that no suitable directive is available.\n\
60 \n\
61 The compiler will print these strings at the start of a new line,\n\
62 followed immediately by the object's initial value. In most cases,\n\
63 the string should contain a tab, a pseudo-op, and then another tab.",
64 const char *, "\t.byte\t")
65 DEFHOOKPOD (aligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_ALIGNED_INT_OP)
66 DEFHOOKPOD (unaligned_op, "*", struct asm_int_op, TARGET_ASM_UNALIGNED_INT_OP)
67
68 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
69 LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER. */
70 DEFHOOK
71 (label_align_after_barrier_max_skip,
72 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
73 @code{LABEL_ALIGN_AFTER_BARRIER}. This works only if\n\
74 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
75 int, (rtx_insn *label),
76 default_label_align_after_barrier_max_skip)
77
78 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
79 LOOP_ALIGN. */
80 DEFHOOK
81 (loop_align_max_skip,
82 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LOOP_ALIGN} to\n\
83 @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is\n\
84 defined.",
85 int, (rtx_insn *label),
86 default_loop_align_max_skip)
87
88 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
89 LABEL_ALIGN. */
90 DEFHOOK
91 (label_align_max_skip,
92 "The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying @code{LABEL_ALIGN}\n\
93 to @var{label}. This works only if @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN}\n\
94 is defined.",
95 int, (rtx_insn *label),
96 default_label_align_max_skip)
97
98 /* The maximum number of bytes to skip when applying
99 JUMP_ALIGN. */
100 DEFHOOK
101 (jump_align_max_skip,
102 "The maximum number of bytes to skip before @var{label} when applying\n\
103 @code{JUMP_ALIGN}. This works only if\n\
104 @code{ASM_OUTPUT_MAX_SKIP_ALIGN} is defined.",
105 int, (rtx_insn *label),
106 default_jump_align_max_skip)
107
108 /* Try to output the assembler code for an integer object whose
109 value is given by X. SIZE is the size of the object in bytes and
110 ALIGNED_P indicates whether it is aligned. Return true if
111 successful. Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP
112 and UNALIGNED_OP are NULL. */
113 DEFHOOK
114 (integer,
115 "The @code{assemble_integer} function uses this hook to output an\n\
116 integer object. @var{x} is the object's value, @var{size} is its size\n\
117 in bytes and @var{aligned_p} indicates whether it is aligned. The\n\
118 function should return @code{true} if it was able to output the\n\
119 object. If it returns false, @code{assemble_integer} will try to\n\
120 split the object into smaller parts.\n\
121 \n\
122 The default implementation of this hook will use the\n\
123 @code{TARGET_ASM_BYTE_OP} family of strings, returning @code{false}\n\
124 when the relevant string is @code{NULL}.",
125 /* Only handles cases for which BYTE_OP, ALIGNED_OP and UNALIGNED_OP are
126 NULL. */
127 bool, (rtx x, unsigned int size, int aligned_p),
128 default_assemble_integer)
129
130 /* Notify the backend that we have completed emitting the data for a
131 decl. */
132 DEFHOOK
133 (decl_end,
134 "Define this hook if the target assembler requires a special marker to\n\
135 terminate an initialized variable declaration.",
136 void, (void),
137 hook_void_void)
138
139 /* Output code that will globalize a label. */
140 DEFHOOK
141 (globalize_label,
142 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
143 @var{stream} some commands that will make the label @var{name} global;\n\
144 that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
145 \n\
146 The default implementation relies on a proper definition of\n\
147 @code{GLOBAL_ASM_OP}.",
148 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name),
149 default_globalize_label)
150
151 /* Output code that will globalize a declaration. */
152 DEFHOOK
153 (globalize_decl_name,
154 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
155 @var{stream} some commands that will make the name associated with @var{decl}\n\
156 global; that is, available for reference from other files.\n\
157 \n\
158 The default implementation uses the TARGET_ASM_GLOBALIZE_LABEL target hook.",
159 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl), default_globalize_decl_name)
160
161 /* Output code that will declare an external variable. */
162 DEFHOOK
163 (assemble_undefined_decl,
164 "This target hook is a function to output to the stdio stream\n\
165 @var{stream} some commands that will declare the name associated with\n\
166 @var{decl} which is not defined in the current translation unit. Most\n\
167 assemblers do not require anything to be output in this case.",
168 void, (FILE *stream, const char *name, const_tree decl),
169 hook_void_FILEptr_constcharptr_const_tree)
170
171 /* Output code that will emit a label for unwind info, if this
172 target requires such labels. Second argument is the decl the
173 unwind info is associated with, third is a boolean: true if
174 this is for exception handling, fourth is a boolean: true if
175 this is only a placeholder for an omitted FDE. */
176 DEFHOOK
177 (emit_unwind_label,
178 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of each FDE@. It\n\
179 should be defined on targets where FDEs need special labels, and it\n\
180 should write the appropriate label, for the FDE associated with the\n\
181 function declaration @var{decl}, to the stdio stream @var{stream}.\n\
182 The third argument, @var{for_eh}, is a boolean: true if this is for an\n\
183 exception table. The fourth argument, @var{empty}, is a boolean:\n\
184 true if this is a placeholder label for an omitted FDE@.\n\
185 \n\
186 The default is that FDEs are not given nonlocal labels.",
187 void, (FILE *stream, tree decl, int for_eh, int empty),
188 default_emit_unwind_label)
189
190 /* Output code that will emit a label to divide up the exception table. */
191 DEFHOOK
192 (emit_except_table_label,
193 "This target hook emits a label at the beginning of the exception table.\n\
194 It should be defined on targets where it is desirable for the table\n\
195 to be broken up according to function.\n\
196 \n\
197 The default is that no label is emitted.",
198 void, (FILE *stream),
199 default_emit_except_table_label)
200
201 /* Emit a directive for setting the personality for the function. */
202 DEFHOOK
203 (emit_except_personality,
204 "If the target implements @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT}, this hook may be\
205 used to emit a directive to install a personality hook into the unwind\
206 info. This hook should not be used if dwarf2 unwind info is used.",
207 void, (rtx personality),
208 NULL)
209
210 /* Emit any directives required to unwind this instruction. */
211 DEFHOOK
212 (unwind_emit,
213 "This target hook emits assembly directives required to unwind the\n\
214 given instruction. This is only used when @code{TARGET_EXCEPT_UNWIND_INFO}\n\
215 returns @code{UI_TARGET}.",
216 void, (FILE *stream, rtx_insn *insn),
217 NULL)
218
219 DEFHOOKPOD
220 (unwind_emit_before_insn,
221 "True if the @code{TARGET_ASM_UNWIND_EMIT} hook should be called before\
222 the assembly for @var{insn} has been emitted, false if the hook should\
223 be called afterward.",
224 bool, true)
225
226 /* Generate an internal label.
227 For now this is just a wrapper for ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL. */
228 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
229 (generate_internal_label,
230 "",
231 void, (char *buf, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
232 default_generate_internal_label)
233
234 /* Output an internal label. */
235 DEFHOOK
236 (internal_label,
237 "A function to output to the stdio stream @var{stream} a label whose\n\
238 name is made from the string @var{prefix} and the number @var{labelno}.\n\
239 \n\
240 It is absolutely essential that these labels be distinct from the labels\n\
241 used for user-level functions and variables. Otherwise, certain programs\n\
242 will have name conflicts with internal labels.\n\
243 \n\
244 It is desirable to exclude internal labels from the symbol table of the\n\
245 object file. Most assemblers have a naming convention for labels that\n\
246 should be excluded; on many systems, the letter @samp{L} at the\n\
247 beginning of a label has this effect. You should find out what\n\
248 convention your system uses, and follow it.\n\
249 \n\
250 The default version of this function utilizes @code{ASM_GENERATE_INTERNAL_LABEL}.",
251 void, (FILE *stream, const char *prefix, unsigned long labelno),
252 default_internal_label)
253
254 /* Output label for the constant. */
255 DEFHOOK
256 (declare_constant_name,
257 "A target hook to output to the stdio stream @var{file} any text necessary\n\
258 for declaring the name @var{name} of a constant which is being defined. This\n\
259 target hook is responsible for outputting the label definition (perhaps using\n\
260 @code{assemble_label}). The argument @var{exp} is the value of the constant,\n\
261 and @var{size} is the size of the constant in bytes. The @var{name}\n\
262 will be an internal label.\n\
263 \n\
264 The default version of this target hook, define the @var{name} in the\n\
265 usual manner as a label (by means of @code{assemble_label}).\n\
266 \n\
267 You may wish to use @code{ASM_OUTPUT_TYPE_DIRECTIVE} in this target hook.",
268 void, (FILE *file, const char *name, const_tree expr, HOST_WIDE_INT size),
269 default_asm_declare_constant_name)
270
271 /* Emit a ttype table reference to a typeinfo object. */
272 DEFHOOK
273 (ttype,
274 "This hook is used to output a reference from a frame unwinding table to\n\
275 the type_info object identified by @var{sym}. It should return @code{true}\n\
276 if the reference was output. Returning @code{false} will cause the\n\
277 reference to be output using the normal Dwarf2 routines.",
278 bool, (rtx sym),
279 hook_bool_rtx_false)
280
281 /* Emit an assembler directive to set visibility for the symbol
282 associated with the tree decl. */
283 DEFHOOK
284 (assemble_visibility,
285 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} some\n\
286 commands that will make the symbol(s) associated with @var{decl} have\n\
287 hidden, protected or internal visibility as specified by @var{visibility}.",
288 void, (tree decl, int visibility),
289 default_assemble_visibility)
290
291 DEFHOOK
292 (print_patchable_function_entry,
293 "Generate a patchable area at the function start, consisting of\n\
294 @var{patch_area_size} NOP instructions. If the target supports named\n\
295 sections and if @var{record_p} is true, insert a pointer to the current\n\
296 location in the table of patchable functions. The default implementation\n\
297 of the hook places the table of pointers in the special section named\n\
298 @code{__patchable_function_entries}.",
299 void, (FILE *file, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT patch_area_size, bool record_p),
300 default_print_patchable_function_entry)
301
302 /* Output the assembler code for entry to a function. */
303 DEFHOOK
304 (function_prologue,
305 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for entry to a\n\
306 function. The prologue is responsible for setting up the stack frame,\n\
307 initializing the frame pointer register, saving registers that must be\n\
308 saved, and allocating @var{size} additional bytes of storage for the\n\
309 local variables. @var{file} is a stdio stream to which the assembler\n\
310 code should be output.\n\
311 \n\
312 The label for the beginning of the function need not be output by this\n\
313 macro. That has already been done when the macro is run.\n\
314 \n\
315 @findex regs_ever_live\n\
316 To determine which registers to save, the macro can refer to the array\n\
317 @code{regs_ever_live}: element @var{r} is nonzero if hard register\n\
318 @var{r} is used anywhere within the function. This implies the function\n\
319 prologue should save register @var{r}, provided it is not one of the\n\
320 call-used registers. (@code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must likewise use\n\
321 @code{regs_ever_live}.)\n\
322 \n\
323 On machines that have ``register windows'', the function entry code does\n\
324 not save on the stack the registers that are in the windows, even if\n\
325 they are supposed to be preserved by function calls; instead it takes\n\
326 appropriate steps to ``push'' the register stack, if any non-call-used\n\
327 registers are used in the function.\n\
328 \n\
329 @findex frame_pointer_needed\n\
330 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
331 function entry code must vary accordingly; it must set up the frame\n\
332 pointer if one is wanted, and not otherwise. To determine whether a\n\
333 frame pointer is in wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
334 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 at run\n\
335 time in a function that needs a frame pointer. @xref{Elimination}.\n\
336 \n\
337 The function entry code is responsible for allocating any stack space\n\
338 required for the function. This stack space consists of the regions\n\
339 listed below. In most cases, these regions are allocated in the\n\
340 order listed, with the last listed region closest to the top of the\n\
341 stack (the lowest address if @code{STACK_GROWS_DOWNWARD} is defined, and\n\
342 the highest address if it is not defined). You can use a different order\n\
343 for a machine if doing so is more convenient or required for\n\
344 compatibility reasons. Except in cases where required by standard\n\
345 or by a debugger, there is no reason why the stack layout used by GCC\n\
346 need agree with that used by other compilers for a machine.",
347 void, (FILE *file),
348 default_function_pro_epilogue)
349
350 /* Output the assembler code for end of prologue. */
351 DEFHOOK
352 (function_end_prologue,
353 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the end of a\n\
354 prologue. This should be used when the function prologue is being\n\
355 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
356 emitted. @xref{prologue instruction pattern}.",
357 void, (FILE *file),
358 no_asm_to_stream)
359
360 /* Output the assembler code for start of epilogue. */
361 DEFHOOK
362 (function_begin_epilogue,
363 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code at the start of an\n\
364 epilogue. This should be used when the function epilogue is being\n\
365 emitted as RTL, and you have some extra assembler that needs to be\n\
366 emitted. @xref{epilogue instruction pattern}.",
367 void, (FILE *file),
368 no_asm_to_stream)
369
370 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
371 DEFHOOK
372 (function_epilogue,
373 "If defined, a function that outputs the assembler code for exit from a\n\
374 function. The epilogue is responsible for restoring the saved\n\
375 registers and stack pointer to their values when the function was\n\
376 called, and returning control to the caller. This macro takes the\n\
377 same argument as the macro @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}, and the\n\
378 registers to restore are determined from @code{regs_ever_live} and\n\
379 @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS} in the same way.\n\
380 \n\
381 On some machines, there is a single instruction that does all the work\n\
382 of returning from the function. On these machines, give that\n\
383 instruction the name @samp{return} and do not define the macro\n\
384 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} at all.\n\
385 \n\
386 Do not define a pattern named @samp{return} if you want the\n\
387 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} to be used. If you want the target\n\
388 switches to control whether return instructions or epilogues are used,\n\
389 define a @samp{return} pattern with a validity condition that tests the\n\
390 target switches appropriately. If the @samp{return} pattern's validity\n\
391 condition is false, epilogues will be used.\n\
392 \n\
393 On machines where functions may or may not have frame-pointers, the\n\
394 function exit code must vary accordingly. Sometimes the code for these\n\
395 two cases is completely different. To determine whether a frame pointer\n\
396 is wanted, the macro can refer to the variable\n\
397 @code{frame_pointer_needed}. The variable's value will be 1 when compiling\n\
398 a function that needs a frame pointer.\n\
399 \n\
400 Normally, @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE} and\n\
401 @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} must treat leaf functions specially.\n\
402 The C variable @code{current_function_is_leaf} is nonzero for such a\n\
403 function. @xref{Leaf Functions}.\n\
404 \n\
405 On some machines, some functions pop their arguments on exit while\n\
406 others leave that for the caller to do. For example, the 68020 when\n\
407 given @option{-mrtd} pops arguments in functions that take a fixed\n\
408 number of arguments.\n\
409 \n\
410 @findex pops_args\n\
411 @findex crtl->args.pops_args\n\
412 Your definition of the macro @code{RETURN_POPS_ARGS} decides which\n\
413 functions pop their own arguments. @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE}\n\
414 needs to know what was decided. The number of bytes of the current\n\
415 function's arguments that this function should pop is available in\n\
416 @code{crtl->args.pops_args}. @xref{Scalar Return}.",
417 void, (FILE *file),
418 default_function_pro_epilogue)
419
420 /* Initialize target-specific sections. */
421 DEFHOOK
422 (init_sections,
423 "Define this hook if you need to do something special to set up the\n\
424 @file{varasm.c} sections, or if your target has some special sections\n\
425 of its own that you need to create.\n\
426 \n\
427 GCC calls this hook after processing the command line, but before writing\n\
428 any assembly code, and before calling any of the section-returning hooks\n\
429 described below.",
430 void, (void),
431 hook_void_void)
432
433 /* Tell assembler to change to section NAME with attributes FLAGS.
434 If DECL is non-NULL, it is the VAR_DECL or FUNCTION_DECL with
435 which this section is associated. */
436 DEFHOOK
437 (named_section,
438 "Output assembly directives to switch to section @var{name}. The section\n\
439 should have attributes as specified by @var{flags}, which is a bit mask\n\
440 of the @code{SECTION_*} flags defined in @file{output.h}. If @var{decl}\n\
441 is non-NULL, it is the @code{VAR_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_DECL} with which\n\
442 this section is associated.",
443 void, (const char *name, unsigned int flags, tree decl),
444 default_no_named_section)
445
446 /* Tell assembler what section attributes to assign this elf section
447 declaration, using their numerical value. */
448 DEFHOOK
449 (elf_flags_numeric,
450 "This hook can be used to encode ELF section flags for which no letter\n\
451 code has been defined in the assembler. It is called by\n\
452 @code{default_asm_named_section} whenever the section flags need to be\n\
453 emitted in the assembler output. If the hook returns true, then the\n\
454 numerical value for ELF section flags should be calculated from\n\
455 @var{flags} and saved in @var{*num}; the value is printed out instead of the\n\
456 normal sequence of letter codes. If the hook is not defined, or if it\n\
457 returns false, then @var{num} is ignored and the traditional letter sequence\n\
458 is emitted.",
459 bool, (unsigned int flags, unsigned int *num),
460 hook_bool_uint_uintp_false)
461
462 /* Return preferred text (sub)section for function DECL.
463 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot
464 functions. STARTUP is true when function is known to be used only
465 at startup (from static constructors or it is main()).
466 EXIT is true when function is known to be used only at exit
467 (from static destructors).
468 Return NULL if function should go to default text section. */
469 DEFHOOK
470 (function_section,
471 "Return preferred text (sub)section for function @var{decl}.\n\
472 Main purpose of this function is to separate cold, normal and hot\n\
473 functions. @var{startup} is true when function is known to be used only\n\
474 at startup (from static constructors or it is @code{main()}).\n\
475 @var{exit} is true when function is known to be used only at exit\n\
476 (from static destructors).\n\
477 Return NULL if function should go to default text section.",
478 section *, (tree decl, enum node_frequency freq, bool startup, bool exit),
479 default_function_section)
480
481 /* Output the assembler code for function exit. */
482 DEFHOOK
483 (function_switched_text_sections,
484 "Used by the target to emit any assembler directives or additional\
485 labels needed when a function is partitioned between different\
486 sections. Output should be written to @var{file}. The function\
487 decl is available as @var{decl} and the new section is `cold' if\
488 @var{new_is_cold} is @code{true}.",
489 void, (FILE *file, tree decl, bool new_is_cold),
490 default_function_switched_text_sections)
491
492 /* Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when
493 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations
494 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if
495 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section. */
496 DEFHOOK
497 (reloc_rw_mask,
498 "Return a mask describing how relocations should be treated when\n\
499 selecting sections. Bit 1 should be set if global relocations\n\
500 should be placed in a read-write section; bit 0 should be set if\n\
501 local relocations should be placed in a read-write section.\n\
502 \n\
503 The default version of this function returns 3 when @option{-fpic}\n\
504 is in effect, and 0 otherwise. The hook is typically redefined\n\
505 when the target cannot support (some kinds of) dynamic relocations\n\
506 in read-only sections even in executables.",
507 int, (void),
508 default_reloc_rw_mask)
509
510 /* Return a section for EXP. It may be a DECL or a constant. RELOC
511 is nonzero if runtime relocations must be applied; bit 1 will be
512 set if the runtime relocations require non-local name resolution.
513 ALIGN is the required alignment of the data. */
514 DEFHOOK
515 (select_section,
516 "Return the section into which @var{exp} should be placed. You can\n\
517 assume that @var{exp} is either a @code{VAR_DECL} node or a constant of\n\
518 some sort. @var{reloc} indicates whether the initial value of @var{exp}\n\
519 requires link-time relocations. Bit 0 is set when variable contains\n\
520 local relocations only, while bit 1 is set for global relocations.\n\
521 @var{align} is the constant alignment in bits.\n\
522 \n\
523 The default version of this function takes care of putting read-only\n\
524 variables in @code{readonly_data_section}.\n\
525 \n\
526 See also @var{USE_SELECT_SECTION_FOR_FUNCTIONS}.",
527 section *, (tree exp, int reloc, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
528 default_select_section)
529
530 /* Return a section for X. MODE is X's mode and ALIGN is its
531 alignment in bits. */
532 DEFHOOK
533 (select_rtx_section,
534 "Return the section into which a constant @var{x}, of mode @var{mode},\n\
535 should be placed. You can assume that @var{x} is some kind of\n\
536 constant in RTL@. The argument @var{mode} is redundant except in the\n\
537 case of a @code{const_int} rtx. @var{align} is the constant alignment\n\
538 in bits.\n\
539 \n\
540 The default version of this function takes care of putting symbolic\n\
541 constants in @code{flag_pic} mode in @code{data_section} and everything\n\
542 else in @code{readonly_data_section}.",
543 section *, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT align),
544 default_select_rtx_section)
545
546 /* Select a unique section name for DECL. RELOC is the same as
547 for SELECT_SECTION. */
548 DEFHOOK
549 (unique_section,
550 "Build up a unique section name, expressed as a @code{STRING_CST} node,\n\
551 and assign it to @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
552 As with @code{TARGET_ASM_SELECT_SECTION}, @var{reloc} indicates whether\n\
553 the initial value of @var{exp} requires link-time relocations.\n\
554 \n\
555 The default version of this function appends the symbol name to the\n\
556 ELF section name that would normally be used for the symbol. For\n\
557 example, the function @code{foo} would be placed in @code{.text.foo}.\n\
558 Whatever the actual target object format, this is often good enough.",
559 void, (tree decl, int reloc),
560 default_unique_section)
561
562 /* Return the readonly data section associated with function DECL. */
563 DEFHOOK
564 (function_rodata_section,
565 "Return the readonly data section associated with\n\
566 @samp{DECL_SECTION_NAME (@var{decl})}.\n\
567 The default version of this function selects @code{.gnu.linkonce.r.name} if\n\
568 the function's section is @code{.gnu.linkonce.t.name}, @code{.rodata.name}\n\
569 if function is in @code{.text.name}, and the normal readonly-data section\n\
570 otherwise.",
571 section *, (tree decl),
572 default_function_rodata_section)
573
574 /* Nonnull if the target wants to override the default ".rodata" prefix
575 for mergeable data sections. */
576 DEFHOOKPOD
577 (mergeable_rodata_prefix,
578 "Usually, the compiler uses the prefix @code{\".rodata\"} to construct\n\
579 section names for mergeable constant data. Define this macro to override\n\
580 the string if a different section name should be used.",
581 const char *, ".rodata")
582
583 /* Return the section to be used for transactional memory clone tables. */
584 DEFHOOK
585 (tm_clone_table_section,
586 "Return the section that should be used for transactional memory clone\
587 tables.",
588 section *, (void), default_clone_table_section)
589
590 /* Output a constructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
591 DEFHOOK
592 (constructor,
593 "If defined, a function that outputs assembler code to arrange to call\n\
594 the function referenced by @var{symbol} at initialization time.\n\
595 \n\
596 Assume that @var{symbol} is a @code{SYMBOL_REF} for a function taking\n\
597 no arguments and with no return value. If the target supports initialization\n\
598 priorities, @var{priority} is a value between 0 and @code{MAX_INIT_PRIORITY};\n\
599 otherwise it must be @code{DEFAULT_INIT_PRIORITY}.\n\
600 \n\
601 If this macro is not defined by the target, a suitable default will\n\
602 be chosen if (1) the target supports arbitrary section names, (2) the\n\
603 target defines @code{CTORS_SECTION_ASM_OP}, or (3) @code{USE_COLLECT2}\n\
604 is not defined.",
605 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
606
607 /* Output a destructor for a symbol with a given priority. */
608 DEFHOOK
609 (destructor,
610 "This is like @code{TARGET_ASM_CONSTRUCTOR} but used for termination\n\
611 functions rather than initialization functions.",
612 void, (rtx symbol, int priority), NULL)
613
614 /* Output the assembler code for a thunk function. THUNK_DECL is the
615 declaration for the thunk function itself, FUNCTION is the decl for
616 the target function. DELTA is an immediate constant offset to be
617 added to THIS. If VCALL_OFFSET is nonzero, the word at
618 *(*this + vcall_offset) should be added to THIS. */
619 DEFHOOK
620 (output_mi_thunk,
621 "A function that outputs the assembler code for a thunk\n\
622 function, used to implement C++ virtual function calls with multiple\n\
623 inheritance. The thunk acts as a wrapper around a virtual function,\n\
624 adjusting the implicit object parameter before handing control off to\n\
625 the real function.\n\
626 \n\
627 First, emit code to add the integer @var{delta} to the location that\n\
628 contains the incoming first argument. Assume that this argument\n\
629 contains a pointer, and is the one used to pass the @code{this} pointer\n\
630 in C++. This is the incoming argument @emph{before} the function prologue,\n\
631 e.g.@: @samp{%o0} on a sparc. The addition must preserve the values of\n\
632 all other incoming arguments.\n\
633 \n\
634 Then, if @var{vcall_offset} is nonzero, an additional adjustment should be\n\
635 made after adding @code{delta}. In particular, if @var{p} is the\n\
636 adjusted pointer, the following adjustment should be made:\n\
637 \n\
638 @smallexample\n\
639 p += (*((ptrdiff_t **)p))[vcall_offset/sizeof(ptrdiff_t)]\n\
640 @end smallexample\n\
641 \n\
642 After the additions, emit code to jump to @var{function}, which is a\n\
643 @code{FUNCTION_DECL}. This is a direct pure jump, not a call, and does\n\
644 not touch the return address. Hence returning from @var{FUNCTION} will\n\
645 return to whoever called the current @samp{thunk}.\n\
646 \n\
647 The effect must be as if @var{function} had been called directly with\n\
648 the adjusted first argument. This macro is responsible for emitting all\n\
649 of the code for a thunk function; @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_PROLOGUE}\n\
650 and @code{TARGET_ASM_FUNCTION_EPILOGUE} are not invoked.\n\
651 \n\
652 The @var{thunk_fndecl} is redundant. (@var{delta} and @var{function}\n\
653 have already been extracted from it.) It might possibly be useful on\n\
654 some targets, but probably not.\n\
655 \n\
656 If you do not define this macro, the target-independent code in the C++\n\
657 front end will generate a less efficient heavyweight thunk that calls\n\
658 @var{function} instead of jumping to it. The generic approach does\n\
659 not support varargs.",
660 void, (FILE *file, tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
661 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, tree function),
662 NULL)
663
664 /* Determine whether output_mi_thunk would succeed. */
665 /* ??? Ideally, this hook would not exist, and success or failure
666 would be returned from output_mi_thunk directly. But there's
667 too much undo-able setup involved in invoking output_mi_thunk.
668 Could be fixed by making output_mi_thunk emit rtl instead of
669 text to the output file. */
670 DEFHOOK
671 (can_output_mi_thunk,
672 "A function that returns true if TARGET_ASM_OUTPUT_MI_THUNK would be able\n\
673 to output the assembler code for the thunk function specified by the\n\
674 arguments it is passed, and false otherwise. In the latter case, the\n\
675 generic approach will be used by the C++ front end, with the limitations\n\
676 previously exposed.",
677 bool, (const_tree thunk_fndecl, HOST_WIDE_INT delta,
678 HOST_WIDE_INT vcall_offset, const_tree function),
679 hook_bool_const_tree_hwi_hwi_const_tree_false)
680
681 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of a
682 translation unit. */
683 DEFHOOK
684 (file_start,
685 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects to\n\
686 find at the beginning of a file. The default behavior is controlled\n\
687 by two flags, documented below. Unless your target's assembler is\n\
688 quite unusual, if you override the default, you should call\n\
689 @code{default_file_start} at some point in your target hook. This\n\
690 lets other target files rely on these variables.",
691 void, (void),
692 default_file_start)
693
694 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of a translation unit. */
695 DEFHOOK
696 (file_end,
697 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
698 to find at the end of a file. The default is to output nothing.",
699 void, (void),
700 hook_void_void)
701
702 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the beginning of an
703 LTO output stream. */
704 DEFHOOK
705 (lto_start,
706 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
707 to find at the start of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
708 nothing.",
709 void, (void),
710 hook_void_void)
711
712 /* Output any boilerplate text needed at the end of an
713 LTO output stream. */
714 DEFHOOK
715 (lto_end,
716 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which the assembler expects\n\
717 to find at the end of an LTO section. The default is to output\n\
718 nothing.",
719 void, (void),
720 hook_void_void)
721
722 /* Output any boilerplace text needed at the end of a
723 translation unit before debug and unwind info is emitted. */
724 DEFHOOK
725 (code_end,
726 "Output to @code{asm_out_file} any text which is needed before emitting\n\
727 unwind info and debug info at the end of a file. Some targets emit\n\
728 here PIC setup thunks that cannot be emitted at the end of file,\n\
729 because they couldn't have unwind info then. The default is to output\n\
730 nothing.",
731 void, (void),
732 hook_void_void)
733
734 /* Output an assembler pseudo-op to declare a library function name
735 external. */
736 DEFHOOK
737 (external_libcall,
738 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
739 pseudo-op to declare a library function name external. The name of the\n\
740 library function is given by @var{symref}, which is a @code{symbol_ref}.",
741 void, (rtx symref),
742 default_external_libcall)
743
744 /* Output an assembler directive to mark decl live. This instructs
745 linker to not dead code strip this symbol. */
746 DEFHOOK
747 (mark_decl_preserved,
748 "This target hook is a function to output to @var{asm_out_file} an assembler\n\
749 directive to annotate @var{symbol} as used. The Darwin target uses the\n\
750 .no_dead_code_strip directive.",
751 void, (const char *symbol),
752 hook_void_constcharptr)
753
754 /* Output a record of the command line switches that have been passed. */
755 DEFHOOK
756 (record_gcc_switches,
757 "Provides the target with the ability to record the gcc command line\n\
758 switches that have been passed to the compiler, and options that are\n\
759 enabled. The @var{type} argument specifies what is being recorded.\n\
760 It can take the following values:\n\
761 \n\
762 @table @gcctabopt\n\
763 @item SWITCH_TYPE_PASSED\n\
764 @var{text} is a command line switch that has been set by the user.\n\
765 \n\
766 @item SWITCH_TYPE_ENABLED\n\
767 @var{text} is an option which has been enabled. This might be as a\n\
768 direct result of a command line switch, or because it is enabled by\n\
769 default or because it has been enabled as a side effect of a different\n\
770 command line switch. For example, the @option{-O2} switch enables\n\
771 various different individual optimization passes.\n\
772 \n\
773 @item SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE\n\
774 @var{text} is either NULL or some descriptive text which should be\n\
775 ignored. If @var{text} is NULL then it is being used to warn the\n\
776 target hook that either recording is starting or ending. The first\n\
777 time @var{type} is SWITCH_TYPE_DESCRIPTIVE and @var{text} is NULL, the\n\
778 warning is for start up and the second time the warning is for\n\
779 wind down. This feature is to allow the target hook to make any\n\
780 necessary preparations before it starts to record switches and to\n\
781 perform any necessary tidying up after it has finished recording\n\
782 switches.\n\
783 \n\
784 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_START\n\
785 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
786 \n\
787 @item SWITCH_TYPE_LINE_END\n\
788 This option can be ignored by this target hook.\n\
789 @end table\n\
790 \n\
791 The hook's return value must be zero. Other return values may be\n\
792 supported in the future.\n\
793 \n\
794 By default this hook is set to NULL, but an example implementation is\n\
795 provided for ELF based targets. Called @var{elf_record_gcc_switches},\n\
796 it records the switches as ASCII text inside a new, string mergeable\n\
797 section in the assembler output file. The name of the new section is\n\
798 provided by the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES_SECTION} target\n\
799 hook.",
800 int, (print_switch_type type, const char *text),
801 NULL)
802
803 /* The name of the section that the example ELF implementation of
804 record_gcc_switches will use to store the information. Target
805 specific versions of record_gcc_switches may or may not use
806 this information. */
807 DEFHOOKPOD
808 (record_gcc_switches_section,
809 "This is the name of the section that will be created by the example\n\
810 ELF implementation of the @code{TARGET_ASM_RECORD_GCC_SWITCHES} target\n\
811 hook.",
812 const char *, ".GCC.command.line")
813
814 /* Output the definition of a section anchor. */
815 DEFHOOK
816 (output_anchor,
817 "Write the assembly code to define section anchor @var{x}, which is a\n\
818 @code{SYMBOL_REF} for which @samp{SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})} is true.\n\
819 The hook is called with the assembly output position set to the beginning\n\
820 of @code{SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK (@var{x})}.\n\
821 \n\
822 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is available, the hook's default definition uses\n\
823 it to define the symbol as @samp{. + SYMBOL_REF_BLOCK_OFFSET (@var{x})}.\n\
824 If @code{ASM_OUTPUT_DEF} is not available, the hook's default definition\n\
825 is @code{NULL}, which disables the use of section anchors altogether.",
826 void, (rtx x),
827 default_asm_output_anchor)
828
829 DEFHOOK
830 (output_ident,
831 "Output a string based on @var{name}, suitable for the @samp{#ident} \
832 directive, or the equivalent directive or pragma in non-C-family languages. \
833 If this hook is not defined, nothing is output for the @samp{#ident} \
834 directive.",
835 void, (const char *name),
836 hook_void_constcharptr)
837
838 /* Output a DTP-relative reference to a TLS symbol. */
839 DEFHOOK
840 (output_dwarf_dtprel,
841 "If defined, this target hook is a function which outputs a DTP-relative\n\
842 reference to the given TLS symbol of the specified size.",
843 void, (FILE *file, int size, rtx x),
844 NULL)
845
846 /* Some target machines need to postscan each insn after it is output. */
847 DEFHOOK
848 (final_postscan_insn,
849 "If defined, this target hook is a function which is executed just after the\n\
850 output of assembler code for @var{insn}, to change the mode of the assembler\n\
851 if necessary.\n\
852 \n\
853 Here the argument @var{opvec} is the vector containing the operands\n\
854 extracted from @var{insn}, and @var{noperands} is the number of\n\
855 elements of the vector which contain meaningful data for this insn.\n\
856 The contents of this vector are what was used to convert the insn\n\
857 template into assembler code, so you can change the assembler mode\n\
858 by checking the contents of the vector.",
859 void, (FILE *file, rtx_insn *insn, rtx *opvec, int noperands),
860 NULL)
861
862 /* Emit the trampoline template. This hook may be NULL. */
863 DEFHOOK
864 (trampoline_template,
865 "This hook is called by @code{assemble_trampoline_template} to output,\n\
866 on the stream @var{f}, assembler code for a block of data that contains\n\
867 the constant parts of a trampoline. This code should not include a\n\
868 label---the label is taken care of automatically.\n\
869 \n\
870 If you do not define this hook, it means no template is needed\n\
871 for the target. Do not define this hook on systems where the block move\n\
872 code to copy the trampoline into place would be larger than the code\n\
873 to generate it on the spot.",
874 void, (FILE *f),
875 NULL)
876
877 DEFHOOK
878 (output_source_filename,
879 "Output DWARF debugging information which indicates that filename\
880 @var{name} is the current source file to the stdio stream @var{file}.\n\
881 \n\
882 This target hook need not be defined if the standard form of output\
883 for the file format in use is appropriate.",
884 void ,(FILE *file, const char *name),
885 default_asm_output_source_filename)
886
887 DEFHOOK
888 (output_addr_const_extra,
889 "A target hook to recognize @var{rtx} patterns that @code{output_addr_const}\n\
890 can't deal with, and output assembly code to @var{file} corresponding to\n\
891 the pattern @var{x}. This may be used to allow machine-dependent\n\
892 @code{UNSPEC}s to appear within constants.\n\
893 \n\
894 If target hook fails to recognize a pattern, it must return @code{false},\n\
895 so that a standard error message is printed. If it prints an error message\n\
896 itself, by calling, for example, @code{output_operand_lossage}, it may just\n\
897 return @code{true}.",
898 bool, (FILE *file, rtx x),
899 hook_bool_FILEptr_rtx_false)
900
901 /* ??? The TARGET_PRINT_OPERAND* hooks are part of the asm_out struct,
902 even though that is not reflected in the macro name to override their
903 initializers. */
904 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
905 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
906
907 /* Emit a machine-specific insn operand. */
908 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND,
909 not this hook, and uses a different name for the argument FILE. */
910 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
911 (print_operand,
912 "",
913 void, (FILE *file, rtx x, int code),
914 default_print_operand)
915
916 /* Emit a machine-specific memory address. */
917 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS,
918 not this hook, and uses different argument names. */
919 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
920 (print_operand_address,
921 "",
922 void, (FILE *file, machine_mode mode, rtx addr),
923 default_print_operand_address)
924
925 /* Determine whether CODE is a valid punctuation character for the
926 `print_operand' hook. */
927 /* ??? tm.texi only documents the old macro PRINT_OPERAND_PUNCT_VALID_P,
928 not this hook. */
929 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
930 (print_operand_punct_valid_p,
931 "",
932 bool ,(unsigned char code),
933 default_print_operand_punct_valid_p)
934
935 /* Given a symbol name, perform same mangling as assemble_name and
936 ASM_OUTPUT_LABELREF, returning result as an IDENTIFIER_NODE. */
937 DEFHOOK
938 (mangle_assembler_name,
939 "Given a symbol @var{name}, perform same mangling as @code{varasm.c}'s\
940 @code{assemble_name}, but in memory rather than to a file stream, returning\
941 result as an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE}. Required for correct LTO symtabs. The\
942 default implementation calls the @code{TARGET_STRIP_NAME_ENCODING} hook and\
943 then prepends the @code{USER_LABEL_PREFIX}, if any.",
944 tree, (const char *name),
945 default_mangle_assembler_name)
946
947 HOOK_VECTOR_END (asm_out)
948
949 /* Functions relating to instruction scheduling. All of these
950 default to null pointers, which haifa-sched.c looks for and handles. */
951 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
952 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SCHED_"
953 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SCHED, sched)
954
955 /* Given the current cost, COST, of an insn, INSN, calculate and
956 return a new cost based on its relationship to DEP_INSN through
957 the dependence LINK. The default is to make no adjustment. */
958 DEFHOOK
959 (adjust_cost,
960 "This function corrects the value of @var{cost} based on the\n\
961 relationship between @var{insn} and @var{dep_insn} through a\n\
962 dependence of type dep_type, and strength @var{dw}. It should return the new\n\
963 value. The default is to make no adjustment to @var{cost}. This can be\n\
964 used for example to specify to the scheduler using the traditional pipeline\n\
965 description that an output- or anti-dependence does not incur the same cost\n\
966 as a data-dependence. If the scheduler using the automaton based pipeline\n\
967 description, the cost of anti-dependence is zero and the cost of\n\
968 output-dependence is maximum of one and the difference of latency\n\
969 times of the first and the second insns. If these values are not\n\
970 acceptable, you could use the hook to modify them too. See also\n\
971 @pxref{Processor pipeline description}.",
972 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int dep_type1, rtx_insn *dep_insn, int cost,
973 unsigned int dw),
974 NULL)
975
976 /* Adjust the priority of an insn as you see fit. Returns the new priority. */
977 DEFHOOK
978 (adjust_priority,
979 "This hook adjusts the integer scheduling priority @var{priority} of\n\
980 @var{insn}. It should return the new priority. Increase the priority to\n\
981 execute @var{insn} earlier, reduce the priority to execute @var{insn}\n\
982 later. Do not define this hook if you do not need to adjust the\n\
983 scheduling priorities of insns.",
984 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int priority), NULL)
985
986 /* Function which returns the maximum number of insns that can be
987 scheduled in the same machine cycle. This must be constant
988 over an entire compilation. The default is 1. */
989 DEFHOOK
990 (issue_rate,
991 "This hook returns the maximum number of instructions that can ever\n\
992 issue at the same time on the target machine. The default is one.\n\
993 Although the insn scheduler can define itself the possibility of issue\n\
994 an insn on the same cycle, the value can serve as an additional\n\
995 constraint to issue insns on the same simulated processor cycle (see\n\
996 hooks @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER} and @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}).\n\
997 This value must be constant over the entire compilation. If you need\n\
998 it to vary depending on what the instructions are, you must use\n\
999 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}.",
1000 int, (void), NULL)
1001
1002 /* Calculate how much this insn affects how many more insns we
1003 can emit this cycle. Default is they all cost the same. */
1004 DEFHOOK
1005 (variable_issue,
1006 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled an insn\n\
1007 from the ready list. It should return the number of insns which can\n\
1008 still be issued in the current cycle. The default is\n\
1009 @samp{@w{@var{more} - 1}} for insns other than @code{CLOBBER} and\n\
1010 @code{USE}, which normally are not counted against the issue rate.\n\
1011 You should define this hook if some insns take more machine resources\n\
1012 than others, so that fewer insns can follow them in the same cycle.\n\
1013 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1014 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1015 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{insn} is the instruction that\n\
1016 was scheduled.",
1017 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int more), NULL)
1018
1019 /* Initialize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1020 DEFHOOK
1021 (init,
1022 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the beginning of each block of\n\
1023 instructions that are to be scheduled. @var{file} is either a null\n\
1024 pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to. @var{verbose}\n\
1025 is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1026 @var{max_ready} is the maximum number of insns in the current scheduling\n\
1027 region that can be live at the same time. This can be used to allocate\n\
1028 scratch space if it is needed, e.g.@: by @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}.",
1029 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int max_ready), NULL)
1030
1031 /* Finalize machine-dependent scheduling code. */
1032 DEFHOOK
1033 (finish,
1034 "This hook is executed by the scheduler at the end of each block of\n\
1035 instructions that are to be scheduled. It can be used to perform\n\
1036 cleanup of any actions done by the other scheduling hooks. @var{file}\n\
1037 is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output\n\
1038 to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1039 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1040 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1041
1042 /* Initialize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1043 DEFHOOK
1044 (init_global,
1045 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after function level initializations.\n\
1046 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1047 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.\n\
1048 @var{old_max_uid} is the maximum insn uid when scheduling begins.",
1049 void, (FILE *file, int verbose, int old_max_uid), NULL)
1050
1051 /* Finalize machine-dependent function wide scheduling code. */
1052 DEFHOOK
1053 (finish_global,
1054 "This is the cleanup hook corresponding to @code{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_GLOBAL}.\n\
1055 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any debug output to.\n\
1056 @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}.",
1057 void, (FILE *file, int verbose), NULL)
1058
1059 /* Reorder insns in a machine-dependent fashion, in two different
1060 places. Default does nothing. */
1061 DEFHOOK
1062 (reorder,
1063 "This hook is executed by the scheduler after it has scheduled the ready\n\
1064 list, to allow the machine description to reorder it (for example to\n\
1065 combine two small instructions together on @samp{VLIW} machines).\n\
1066 @var{file} is either a null pointer, or a stdio stream to write any\n\
1067 debug output to. @var{verbose} is the verbose level provided by\n\
1068 @option{-fsched-verbose-@var{n}}. @var{ready} is a pointer to the ready\n\
1069 list of instructions that are ready to be scheduled. @var{n_readyp} is\n\
1070 a pointer to the number of elements in the ready list. The scheduler\n\
1071 reads the ready list in reverse order, starting with\n\
1072 @var{ready}[@var{*n_readyp} @minus{} 1] and going to @var{ready}[0]. @var{clock}\n\
1073 is the timer tick of the scheduler. You may modify the ready list and\n\
1074 the number of ready insns. The return value is the number of insns that\n\
1075 can issue this cycle; normally this is just @code{issue_rate}. See also\n\
1076 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER2}.",
1077 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1078
1079 DEFHOOK
1080 (reorder2,
1081 "Like @samp{TARGET_SCHED_REORDER}, but called at a different time. That\n\
1082 function is called whenever the scheduler starts a new cycle. This one\n\
1083 is called once per iteration over a cycle, immediately after\n\
1084 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_VARIABLE_ISSUE}; it can reorder the ready list and\n\
1085 return the number of insns to be scheduled in the same cycle. Defining\n\
1086 this hook can be useful if there are frequent situations where\n\
1087 scheduling one insn causes other insns to become ready in the same\n\
1088 cycle. These other insns can then be taken into account properly.",
1089 int, (FILE *file, int verbose, rtx_insn **ready, int *n_readyp, int clock), NULL)
1090
1091 DEFHOOK
1092 (macro_fusion_p,
1093 "This hook is used to check whether target platform supports macro fusion.",
1094 bool, (void), NULL)
1095
1096 DEFHOOK
1097 (macro_fusion_pair_p,
1098 "This hook is used to check whether two insns should be macro fused for\n\
1099 a target microarchitecture. If this hook returns true for the given insn pair\n\
1100 (@var{prev} and @var{curr}), the scheduler will put them into a sched\n\
1101 group, and they will not be scheduled apart. The two insns will be either\n\
1102 two SET insns or a compare and a conditional jump and this hook should\n\
1103 validate any dependencies needed to fuse the two insns together.",
1104 bool, (rtx_insn *prev, rtx_insn *curr), NULL)
1105
1106 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1107 after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in chain given
1108 by two parameter values (head and tail correspondingly). */
1109 DEFHOOK
1110 (dependencies_evaluation_hook,
1111 "This hook is called after evaluation forward dependencies of insns in\n\
1112 chain given by two parameter values (@var{head} and @var{tail}\n\
1113 correspondingly) but before insns scheduling of the insn chain. For\n\
1114 example, it can be used for better insn classification if it requires\n\
1115 analysis of dependencies. This hook can use backward and forward\n\
1116 dependencies of the insn scheduler because they are already\n\
1117 calculated.",
1118 void, (rtx_insn *head, rtx_insn *tail), NULL)
1119
1120 /* The values of the following four members are pointers to functions
1121 used to simplify the automaton descriptions. dfa_pre_cycle_insn and
1122 dfa_post_cycle_insn give functions returning insns which are used to
1123 change the pipeline hazard recognizer state when the new simulated
1124 processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. The function
1125 defined by init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn and init_dfa_post_cycle_insn are
1126 used to initialize the corresponding insns. The default values of
1127 the members result in not changing the automaton state when the
1128 new simulated processor cycle correspondingly starts and finishes. */
1129
1130 DEFHOOK
1131 (init_dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1132 "The hook can be used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1133 void, (void), NULL)
1134
1135 DEFHOOK
1136 (dfa_pre_cycle_insn,
1137 "The hook returns an RTL insn. The automaton state used in the\n\
1138 pipeline hazard recognizer is changed as if the insn were scheduled\n\
1139 when the new simulated processor cycle starts. Usage of the hook may\n\
1140 simplify the automaton pipeline description for some @acronym{VLIW}\n\
1141 processors. If the hook is defined, it is used only for the automaton\n\
1142 based pipeline description. The default is not to change the state\n\
1143 when the new simulated processor cycle starts.",
1144 rtx, (void), NULL)
1145
1146 DEFHOOK
1147 (init_dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1148 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_INIT_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but\n\
1149 used to initialize data used by the previous hook.",
1150 void, (void), NULL)
1151
1152 DEFHOOK
1153 (dfa_post_cycle_insn,
1154 "The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1155 to changed the state as if the insn were scheduled when the new\n\
1156 simulated processor cycle finishes.",
1157 rtx_insn *, (void), NULL)
1158
1159 /* The values of the following two members are pointers to
1160 functions used to simplify the automaton descriptions.
1161 dfa_pre_advance_cycle and dfa_post_advance_cycle are getting called
1162 immediately before and after cycle is advanced. */
1163
1164 DEFHOOK
1165 (dfa_pre_advance_cycle,
1166 "The hook to notify target that the current simulated cycle is about to finish.\n\
1167 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_PRE_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1168 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1169 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1170 void, (void), NULL)
1171
1172 DEFHOOK
1173 (dfa_post_advance_cycle,
1174 "The hook to notify target that new simulated cycle has just started.\n\
1175 The hook is analogous to @samp{TARGET_SCHED_DFA_POST_CYCLE_INSN} but used\n\
1176 to change the state in more complicated situations - e.g., when advancing\n\
1177 state on a single insn is not enough.",
1178 void, (void), NULL)
1179
1180 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function returning value
1181 which defines how many insns in queue `ready' will we try for
1182 multi-pass scheduling. If the member value is nonzero and the
1183 function returns positive value, the DFA based scheduler will make
1184 multi-pass scheduling for the first cycle. In other words, we will
1185 try to choose ready insn which permits to start maximum number of
1186 insns on the same cycle. */
1187 DEFHOOK
1188 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead,
1189 "This hook controls better choosing an insn from the ready insn queue\n\
1190 for the @acronym{DFA}-based insn scheduler. Usually the scheduler\n\
1191 chooses the first insn from the queue. If the hook returns a positive\n\
1192 value, an additional scheduler code tries all permutations of\n\
1193 @samp{TARGET_SCHED_FIRST_CYCLE_MULTIPASS_DFA_LOOKAHEAD ()}\n\
1194 subsequent ready insns to choose an insn whose issue will result in\n\
1195 maximal number of issued insns on the same cycle. For the\n\
1196 @acronym{VLIW} processor, the code could actually solve the problem of\n\
1197 packing simple insns into the @acronym{VLIW} insn. Of course, if the\n\
1198 rules of @acronym{VLIW} packing are described in the automaton.\n\
1199 \n\
1200 This code also could be used for superscalar @acronym{RISC}\n\
1201 processors. Let us consider a superscalar @acronym{RISC} processor\n\
1202 with 3 pipelines. Some insns can be executed in pipelines @var{A} or\n\
1203 @var{B}, some insns can be executed only in pipelines @var{B} or\n\
1204 @var{C}, and one insn can be executed in pipeline @var{B}. The\n\
1205 processor may issue the 1st insn into @var{A} and the 2nd one into\n\
1206 @var{B}. In this case, the 3rd insn will wait for freeing @var{B}\n\
1207 until the next cycle. If the scheduler issues the 3rd insn the first,\n\
1208 the processor could issue all 3 insns per cycle.\n\
1209 \n\
1210 Actually this code demonstrates advantages of the automaton based\n\
1211 pipeline hazard recognizer. We try quickly and easy many insn\n\
1212 schedules to choose the best one.\n\
1213 \n\
1214 The default is no multipass scheduling.",
1215 int, (void), NULL)
1216
1217 /* The following member value is pointer to a function controlling
1218 what insns from the ready insn queue will be considered for the
1219 multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns zero for insn
1220 passed as the parameter, the insn will be not chosen to be issued. */
1221 DEFHOOK
1222 (first_cycle_multipass_dfa_lookahead_guard,
1223 "\n\
1224 This hook controls what insns from the ready insn queue will be\n\
1225 considered for the multipass insn scheduling. If the hook returns\n\
1226 zero for @var{insn}, the insn will be considered in multipass scheduling.\n\
1227 Positive return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration on\n\
1228 the current round of multipass scheduling.\n\
1229 Negative return values will remove @var{insn} from consideration for given\n\
1230 number of cycles.\n\
1231 Backends should be careful about returning non-zero for highest priority\n\
1232 instruction at position 0 in the ready list. @var{ready_index} is passed\n\
1233 to allow backends make correct judgements.\n\
1234 \n\
1235 The default is that any ready insns can be chosen to be issued.",
1236 int, (rtx_insn *insn, int ready_index), NULL)
1237
1238 /* This hook prepares the target for a new round of multipass
1239 scheduling.
1240 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data used for multipass scheduling.
1241 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1242 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1243 should not be tried during current round by setting corresponding
1244 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1245 FIRST_CYCLE_INSN_P is true if this is the first round of multipass
1246 scheduling on current cycle. */
1247 DEFHOOK
1248 (first_cycle_multipass_begin,
1249 "This hook prepares the target backend for a new round of multipass\n\
1250 scheduling.",
1251 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, bool first_cycle_insn_p),
1252 NULL)
1253
1254 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.
1255 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that can be used to record effects
1256 of INSN on CPU that are not described in DFA.
1257 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1258 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1259 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1260 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero.
1261 INSN is the instruction being evaluated.
1262 PREV_DATA is a pointer to target-specific data corresponding
1263 to a state before issuing INSN. */
1264 DEFHOOK
1265 (first_cycle_multipass_issue,
1266 "This hook is called when multipass scheduling evaluates instruction INSN.",
1267 void, (void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready, rtx_insn *insn,
1268 const void *prev_data), NULL)
1269
1270 /* This hook is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of
1271 instruction corresponding to DATA.
1272 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1273 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1274 described in DFA.
1275 READY_TRY and N_READY represent the current state of search in the
1276 optimization space. The target can filter out instructions that
1277 should not be tried after issuing INSN by setting corresponding
1278 elements in READY_TRY to non-zero. */
1279 DEFHOOK
1280 (first_cycle_multipass_backtrack,
1281 "This is called when multipass scheduling backtracks from evaluation of\n\
1282 an instruction.",
1283 void, (const void *data, signed char *ready_try, int n_ready), NULL)
1284
1285 /* This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current
1286 round of multipass scheduling.
1287 DATA is a pointer.
1288 If DATA is non-NULL it points to target-specific data used for multipass
1289 scheduling which corresponds to instruction at the start of the chain of
1290 the winning solution. DATA is NULL when multipass scheduling cannot find
1291 a good enough solution on current cycle and decides to retry later,
1292 usually after advancing the cycle count. */
1293 DEFHOOK
1294 (first_cycle_multipass_end,
1295 "This hook notifies the target about the result of the concluded current\n\
1296 round of multipass scheduling.",
1297 void, (const void *data), NULL)
1298
1299 /* This hook is called to initialize target-specific data for multipass
1300 scheduling after it has been allocated.
1301 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1302 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1303 described in DFA. */
1304 DEFHOOK
1305 (first_cycle_multipass_init,
1306 "This hook initializes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1307 void, (void *data), NULL)
1308
1309 /* This hook is called to finalize target-specific data for multipass
1310 scheduling before it is deallocated.
1311 DATA is a pointer to target-specific data that stores the effects
1312 of instruction from which the algorithm backtracks on CPU that are not
1313 described in DFA. */
1314 DEFHOOK
1315 (first_cycle_multipass_fini,
1316 "This hook finalizes target-specific data used in multipass scheduling.",
1317 void, (void *data), NULL)
1318
1319 /* The following member value is pointer to a function called by
1320 the insn scheduler before issuing insn passed as the third
1321 parameter on given cycle. If the hook returns nonzero, the
1322 insn is not issued on given processors cycle. Instead of that,
1323 the processor cycle is advanced. If the value passed through
1324 the last parameter is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted
1325 on the new cycle start as usually. The first parameter passes
1326 file for debugging output. The second one passes the scheduler
1327 verbose level of the debugging output. The forth and the fifth
1328 parameter values are correspondingly processor cycle on which
1329 the previous insn has been issued and the current processor cycle. */
1330 DEFHOOK
1331 (dfa_new_cycle,
1332 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler before issuing @var{insn}\n\
1333 on cycle @var{clock}. If the hook returns nonzero,\n\
1334 @var{insn} is not issued on this processor cycle. Instead,\n\
1335 the processor cycle is advanced. If *@var{sort_p}\n\
1336 is zero, the insn ready queue is not sorted on the new cycle\n\
1337 start as usually. @var{dump} and @var{verbose} specify the file and\n\
1338 verbosity level to use for debugging output.\n\
1339 @var{last_clock} and @var{clock} are, respectively, the\n\
1340 processor cycle on which the previous insn has been issued,\n\
1341 and the current processor cycle.",
1342 int, (FILE *dump, int verbose, rtx_insn *insn, int last_clock,
1343 int clock, int *sort_p),
1344 NULL)
1345
1346 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called by the
1347 insn scheduler. It should return true if there exists a dependence
1348 which is considered costly by the target, between the insn
1349 DEP_PRO (&_DEP), and the insn DEP_CON (&_DEP). The first parameter is
1350 the dep that represents the dependence between the two insns. The
1351 second argument is the cost of the dependence as estimated by
1352 the scheduler. The last argument is the distance in cycles
1353 between the already scheduled insn (first parameter) and the
1354 second insn (second parameter). */
1355 DEFHOOK
1356 (is_costly_dependence,
1357 "This hook is used to define which dependences are considered costly by\n\
1358 the target, so costly that it is not advisable to schedule the insns that\n\
1359 are involved in the dependence too close to one another. The parameters\n\
1360 to this hook are as follows: The first parameter @var{_dep} is the dependence\n\
1361 being evaluated. The second parameter @var{cost} is the cost of the\n\
1362 dependence as estimated by the scheduler, and the third\n\
1363 parameter @var{distance} is the distance in cycles between the two insns.\n\
1364 The hook returns @code{true} if considering the distance between the two\n\
1365 insns the dependence between them is considered costly by the target,\n\
1366 and @code{false} otherwise.\n\
1367 \n\
1368 Defining this hook can be useful in multiple-issue out-of-order machines,\n\
1369 where (a) it's practically hopeless to predict the actual data/resource\n\
1370 delays, however: (b) there's a better chance to predict the actual grouping\n\
1371 that will be formed, and (c) correctly emulating the grouping can be very\n\
1372 important. In such targets one may want to allow issuing dependent insns\n\
1373 closer to one another---i.e., closer than the dependence distance; however,\n\
1374 not in cases of ``costly dependences'', which this hooks allows to define.",
1375 bool, (struct _dep *_dep, int cost, int distance), NULL)
1376
1377 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1378 by the insn scheduler. This hook is called to notify the backend
1379 that new instructions were emitted. */
1380 DEFHOOK
1381 (h_i_d_extended,
1382 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler after emitting a new instruction to\n\
1383 the instruction stream. The hook notifies a target backend to extend its\n\
1384 per instruction data structures.",
1385 void, (void), NULL)
1386
1387 /* Next 5 functions are for multi-point scheduling. */
1388
1389 /* Allocate memory for scheduler context. */
1390 DEFHOOK
1391 (alloc_sched_context,
1392 "Return a pointer to a store large enough to hold target scheduling context.",
1393 void *, (void), NULL)
1394
1395 /* Fills the context from the local machine scheduler context. */
1396 DEFHOOK
1397 (init_sched_context,
1398 "Initialize store pointed to by @var{tc} to hold target scheduling context.\n\
1399 It @var{clean_p} is true then initialize @var{tc} as if scheduler is at the\n\
1400 beginning of the block. Otherwise, copy the current context into @var{tc}.",
1401 void, (void *tc, bool clean_p), NULL)
1402
1403 /* Sets local machine scheduler context to a saved value. */
1404 DEFHOOK
1405 (set_sched_context,
1406 "Copy target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc} to the current context.",
1407 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1408
1409 /* Clears a scheduler context so it becomes like after init. */
1410 DEFHOOK
1411 (clear_sched_context,
1412 "Deallocate internal data in target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1413 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1414
1415 /* Frees the scheduler context. */
1416 DEFHOOK
1417 (free_sched_context,
1418 "Deallocate a store for target scheduling context pointed to by @var{tc}.",
1419 void, (void *tc), NULL)
1420
1421 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1422 by the insn scheduler.
1423 The first parameter is an instruction, the second parameter is the type
1424 of the requested speculation, and the third parameter is a pointer to the
1425 speculative pattern of the corresponding type (set if return value == 1).
1426 It should return
1427 -1, if there is no pattern, that will satisfy the requested speculation type,
1428 0, if current pattern satisfies the requested speculation type,
1429 1, if pattern of the instruction should be changed to the newly
1430 generated one. */
1431 DEFHOOK
1432 (speculate_insn,
1433 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler when @var{insn} has only\n\
1434 speculative dependencies and therefore can be scheduled speculatively.\n\
1435 The hook is used to check if the pattern of @var{insn} has a speculative\n\
1436 version and, in case of successful check, to generate that speculative\n\
1437 pattern. The hook should return 1, if the instruction has a speculative form,\n\
1438 or @minus{}1, if it doesn't. @var{request} describes the type of requested\n\
1439 speculation. If the return value equals 1 then @var{new_pat} is assigned\n\
1440 the generated speculative pattern.",
1441 int, (rtx_insn *insn, unsigned int dep_status, rtx *new_pat), NULL)
1442
1443 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1444 by the insn scheduler. It should return true if the check instruction
1445 passed as the parameter needs a recovery block. */
1446 DEFHOOK
1447 (needs_block_p,
1448 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler during generation of recovery code\n\
1449 for @var{insn}. It should return @code{true}, if the corresponding check\n\
1450 instruction should branch to recovery code, or @code{false} otherwise.",
1451 bool, (unsigned int dep_status), NULL)
1452
1453 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1454 by the insn scheduler. It should return a pattern for the check
1455 instruction.
1456 The first parameter is a speculative instruction, the second parameter
1457 is the label of the corresponding recovery block (or null, if it is a
1458 simple check). The third parameter is the kind of speculation that
1459 is being performed. */
1460 DEFHOOK
1461 (gen_spec_check,
1462 "This hook is called by the insn scheduler to generate a pattern for recovery\n\
1463 check instruction. If @var{mutate_p} is zero, then @var{insn} is a\n\
1464 speculative instruction for which the check should be generated.\n\
1465 @var{label} is either a label of a basic block, where recovery code should\n\
1466 be emitted, or a null pointer, when requested check doesn't branch to\n\
1467 recovery code (a simple check). If @var{mutate_p} is nonzero, then\n\
1468 a pattern for a branchy check corresponding to a simple check denoted by\n\
1469 @var{insn} should be generated. In this case @var{label} can't be null.",
1470 rtx, (rtx_insn *insn, rtx_insn *label, unsigned int ds), NULL)
1471
1472 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1473 information about the speculation capabilities of the target.
1474 The parameter is a pointer to spec_info variable. */
1475 DEFHOOK
1476 (set_sched_flags,
1477 "This hook is used by the insn scheduler to find out what features should be\n\
1478 enabled/used.\n\
1479 The structure *@var{spec_info} should be filled in by the target.\n\
1480 The structure describes speculation types that can be used in the scheduler.",
1481 void, (struct spec_info_def *spec_info), NULL)
1482
1483 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1484 (get_insn_spec_ds,
1485 "Return speculation types of instruction @var{insn}.",
1486 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1487
1488 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1489 (get_insn_checked_ds,
1490 "Return speculation types that are checked for instruction @var{insn}",
1491 unsigned int, (rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
1492
1493 DEFHOOK
1494 (can_speculate_insn,
1495 "Some instructions should never be speculated by the schedulers, usually\n\
1496 because the instruction is too expensive to get this wrong. Often such\n\
1497 instructions have long latency, and often they are not fully modeled in the\n\
1498 pipeline descriptions. This hook should return @code{false} if @var{insn}\n\
1499 should not be speculated.",
1500 bool, (rtx_insn *insn), hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
1501
1502 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
1503 (skip_rtx_p,
1504 "Return bool if rtx scanning should just skip current layer and\
1505 advance to the inner rtxes.",
1506 bool, (const_rtx x), NULL)
1507
1508 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function that provides
1509 information about the target resource-based lower bound which is
1510 used by the swing modulo scheduler. The parameter is a pointer
1511 to ddg variable. */
1512 DEFHOOK
1513 (sms_res_mii,
1514 "This hook is called by the swing modulo scheduler to calculate a\n\
1515 resource-based lower bound which is based on the resources available in\n\
1516 the machine and the resources required by each instruction. The target\n\
1517 backend can use @var{g} to calculate such bound. A very simple lower\n\
1518 bound will be used in case this hook is not implemented: the total number\n\
1519 of instructions divided by the issue rate.",
1520 int, (struct ddg *g), NULL)
1521
1522 /* The following member value is a function that initializes dispatch
1523 schedling and adds instructions to dispatch window according to its
1524 parameters. */
1525 DEFHOOK
1526 (dispatch_do,
1527 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It performs the operation specified\n\
1528 in its second parameter.",
1529 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1530 hook_void_rtx_insn_int)
1531
1532 /* The following member value is a a function that returns true is
1533 dispatch schedling is supported in hardware and condition passed
1534 as the second parameter is true. */
1535 DEFHOOK
1536 (dispatch,
1537 "This hook is called by Haifa Scheduler. It returns true if dispatch scheduling\n\
1538 is supported in hardware and the condition specified in the parameter is true.",
1539 bool, (rtx_insn *insn, int x),
1540 hook_bool_rtx_insn_int_false)
1541
1542 DEFHOOKPOD
1543 (exposed_pipeline,
1544 "True if the processor has an exposed pipeline, which means that not just\n\
1545 the order of instructions is important for correctness when scheduling, but\n\
1546 also the latencies of operations.",
1547 bool, false)
1548
1549 /* The following member value is a function that returns number
1550 of operations reassociator should try to put in parallel for
1551 statements of the given type. By default 1 is used. */
1552 DEFHOOK
1553 (reassociation_width,
1554 "This hook is called by tree reassociator to determine a level of\n\
1555 parallelism required in output calculations chain.",
1556 int, (unsigned int opc, machine_mode mode),
1557 hook_int_uint_mode_1)
1558
1559 /* The following member value is a function that returns priority for
1560 fusion of each instruction via pointer parameters. */
1561 DEFHOOK
1562 (fusion_priority,
1563 "This hook is called by scheduling fusion pass. It calculates fusion\n\
1564 priorities for each instruction passed in by parameter. The priorities\n\
1565 are returned via pointer parameters.\n\
1566 \n\
1567 @var{insn} is the instruction whose priorities need to be calculated.\n\
1568 @var{max_pri} is the maximum priority can be returned in any cases.\n\
1569 @var{fusion_pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s\n\
1570 fusion priority should be calculated and returned.\n\
1571 @var{pri} is the pointer parameter through which @var{insn}'s priority\n\
1572 should be calculated and returned.\n\
1573 \n\
1574 Same @var{fusion_pri} should be returned for instructions which should\n\
1575 be scheduled together. Different @var{pri} should be returned for\n\
1576 instructions with same @var{fusion_pri}. @var{fusion_pri} is the major\n\
1577 sort key, @var{pri} is the minor sort key. All instructions will be\n\
1578 scheduled according to the two priorities. All priorities calculated\n\
1579 should be between 0 (exclusive) and @var{max_pri} (inclusive). To avoid\n\
1580 false dependencies, @var{fusion_pri} of instructions which need to be\n\
1581 scheduled together should be smaller than @var{fusion_pri} of irrelevant\n\
1582 instructions.\n\
1583 \n\
1584 Given below example:\n\
1585 \n\
1586 @smallexample\n\
1587 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1588 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1589 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1590 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1591 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1592 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1593 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1594 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1595 @end smallexample\n\
1596 \n\
1597 On targets like ARM/AArch64, the two pairs of consecutive loads should be\n\
1598 merged. Since peephole2 pass can't help in this case unless consecutive\n\
1599 loads are actually next to each other in instruction flow. That's where\n\
1600 this scheduling fusion pass works. This hook calculates priority for each\n\
1601 instruction based on its fustion type, like:\n\
1602 \n\
1603 @smallexample\n\
1604 ldr r10, [r1, 4] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=96\n\
1605 add r4, r4, r10 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1606 ldr r15, [r2, 8] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=92\n\
1607 sub r5, r5, r15 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1608 ldr r11, [r1, 0] ; fusion_pri=99, pri=100\n\
1609 add r4, r4, r11 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1610 ldr r16, [r2, 12] ; fusion_pri=98, pri=88\n\
1611 sub r5, r5, r16 ; fusion_pri=100, pri=100\n\
1612 @end smallexample\n\
1613 \n\
1614 Scheduling fusion pass then sorts all ready to issue instructions according\n\
1615 to the priorities. As a result, instructions of same fusion type will be\n\
1616 pushed together in instruction flow, like:\n\
1617 \n\
1618 @smallexample\n\
1619 ldr r11, [r1, 0]\n\
1620 ldr r10, [r1, 4]\n\
1621 ldr r15, [r2, 8]\n\
1622 ldr r16, [r2, 12]\n\
1623 add r4, r4, r10\n\
1624 sub r5, r5, r15\n\
1625 add r4, r4, r11\n\
1626 sub r5, r5, r16\n\
1627 @end smallexample\n\
1628 \n\
1629 Now peephole2 pass can simply merge the two pairs of loads.\n\
1630 \n\
1631 Since scheduling fusion pass relies on peephole2 to do real fusion\n\
1632 work, it is only enabled by default when peephole2 is in effect.\n\
1633 \n\
1634 This is firstly introduced on ARM/AArch64 targets, please refer to\n\
1635 the hook implementation for how different fusion types are supported.",
1636 void, (rtx_insn *insn, int max_pri, int *fusion_pri, int *pri), NULL)
1637
1638 HOOK_VECTOR_END (sched)
1639
1640 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMD and __attribute__((simd)) clones. */
1641 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1642 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMD_CLONE_"
1643 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMD_CLONE, simd_clone)
1644
1645 DEFHOOK
1646 (compute_vecsize_and_simdlen,
1647 "This hook should set @var{vecsize_mangle}, @var{vecsize_int}, @var{vecsize_float}\n\
1648 fields in @var{simd_clone} structure pointed by @var{clone_info} argument and also\n\
1649 @var{simdlen} field if it was previously 0.\n\
1650 The hook should return 0 if SIMD clones shouldn't be emitted,\n\
1651 or number of @var{vecsize_mangle} variants that should be emitted.",
1652 int, (struct cgraph_node *, struct cgraph_simd_clone *, tree, int), NULL)
1653
1654 DEFHOOK
1655 (adjust,
1656 "This hook should add implicit @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))} attribute\n\
1657 to SIMD clone @var{node} if needed.",
1658 void, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1659
1660 DEFHOOK
1661 (usable,
1662 "This hook should return -1 if SIMD clone @var{node} shouldn't be used\n\
1663 in vectorized loops in current function, or non-negative number if it is\n\
1664 usable. In that case, the smaller the number is, the more desirable it is\n\
1665 to use it.",
1666 int, (struct cgraph_node *), NULL)
1667
1668 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simd_clone)
1669
1670 /* Functions relating to OpenMP SIMT vectorization transform. */
1671 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1672 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SIMT_"
1673 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SIMT, simt)
1674
1675 DEFHOOK
1676 (vf,
1677 "Return number of threads in SIMT thread group on the target.",
1678 int, (void), NULL)
1679
1680 HOOK_VECTOR_END (simt)
1681
1682 /* Functions relating to openacc. */
1683 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1684 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_GOACC_"
1685 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_GOACC, goacc)
1686
1687 DEFHOOK
1688 (validate_dims,
1689 "This hook should check the launch dimensions provided for an OpenACC\n\
1690 compute region, or routine. Defaulted values are represented as -1\n\
1691 and non-constant values as 0. The @var{fn_level} is negative for the\n\
1692 function corresponding to the compute region. For a routine is is the\n\
1693 outermost level at which partitioned execution may be spawned. The hook\n\
1694 should verify non-default values. If DECL is NULL, global defaults\n\
1695 are being validated and unspecified defaults should be filled in.\n\
1696 Diagnostics should be issued as appropriate. Return\n\
1697 true, if changes have been made. You must override this hook to\n\
1698 provide dimensions larger than 1.",
1699 bool, (tree decl, int *dims, int fn_level),
1700 default_goacc_validate_dims)
1701
1702 DEFHOOK
1703 (dim_limit,
1704 "This hook should return the maximum size of a particular dimension,\n\
1705 or zero if unbounded.",
1706 int, (int axis),
1707 default_goacc_dim_limit)
1708
1709 DEFHOOK
1710 (fork_join,
1711 "This hook can be used to convert IFN_GOACC_FORK and IFN_GOACC_JOIN\n\
1712 function calls to target-specific gimple, or indicate whether they\n\
1713 should be retained. It is executed during the oacc_device_lower pass.\n\
1714 It should return true, if the call should be retained. It should\n\
1715 return false, if it is to be deleted (either because target-specific\n\
1716 gimple has been inserted before it, or there is no need for it).\n\
1717 The default hook returns false, if there are no RTL expanders for them.",
1718 bool, (gcall *call, const int *dims, bool is_fork),
1719 default_goacc_fork_join)
1720
1721 DEFHOOK
1722 (reduction,
1723 "This hook is used by the oacc_transform pass to expand calls to the\n\
1724 @var{GOACC_REDUCTION} internal function, into a sequence of gimple\n\
1725 instructions. @var{call} is gimple statement containing the call to\n\
1726 the function. This hook removes statement @var{call} after the\n\
1727 expanded sequence has been inserted. This hook is also responsible\n\
1728 for allocating any storage for reductions when necessary.",
1729 void, (gcall *call),
1730 default_goacc_reduction)
1731
1732 HOOK_VECTOR_END (goacc)
1733
1734 /* Functions relating to vectorization. */
1735 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
1736 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_VECTORIZE_"
1737 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_VECTORIZE, vectorize)
1738
1739 /* The following member value is a pointer to a function called
1740 by the vectorizer, and return the decl of the target builtin
1741 function. */
1742 DEFHOOK
1743 (builtin_mask_for_load,
1744 "This hook should return the DECL of a function @var{f} that given an\n\
1745 address @var{addr} as an argument returns a mask @var{m} that can be\n\
1746 used to extract from two vectors the relevant data that resides in\n\
1747 @var{addr} in case @var{addr} is not properly aligned.\n\
1748 \n\
1749 The autovectorizer, when vectorizing a load operation from an address\n\
1750 @var{addr} that may be unaligned, will generate two vector loads from\n\
1751 the two aligned addresses around @var{addr}. It then generates a\n\
1752 @code{REALIGN_LOAD} operation to extract the relevant data from the\n\
1753 two loaded vectors. The first two arguments to @code{REALIGN_LOAD},\n\
1754 @var{v1} and @var{v2}, are the two vectors, each of size @var{VS}, and\n\
1755 the third argument, @var{OFF}, defines how the data will be extracted\n\
1756 from these two vectors: if @var{OFF} is 0, then the returned vector is\n\
1757 @var{v2}; otherwise, the returned vector is composed from the last\n\
1758 @var{VS}-@var{OFF} elements of @var{v1} concatenated to the first\n\
1759 @var{OFF} elements of @var{v2}.\n\
1760 \n\
1761 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will generate a call\n\
1762 to @var{f} (using the DECL tree that this hook returns) and will\n\
1763 use the return value of @var{f} as the argument @var{OFF} to\n\
1764 @code{REALIGN_LOAD}. Therefore, the mask @var{m} returned by @var{f}\n\
1765 should comply with the semantics expected by @code{REALIGN_LOAD}\n\
1766 described above.\n\
1767 If this hook is not defined, then @var{addr} will be used as\n\
1768 the argument @var{OFF} to @code{REALIGN_LOAD}, in which case the low\n\
1769 log2(@var{VS}) @minus{} 1 bits of @var{addr} will be considered.",
1770 tree, (void), NULL)
1771
1772 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1773 a target-independent function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1774 DEFHOOK
1775 (builtin_vectorized_function,
1776 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1777 vectorized variant of the function with the @code{combined_fn} code\n\
1778 @var{code} or @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.\n\
1779 The return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1780 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1781 tree, (unsigned code, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1782 default_builtin_vectorized_function)
1783
1784 /* Returns a built-in function that realizes the vectorized version of
1785 a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1786 DEFHOOK
1787 (builtin_md_vectorized_function,
1788 "This hook should return the decl of a function that implements the\n\
1789 vectorized variant of target built-in function @code{fndecl}. The\n\
1790 return type of the vectorized function shall be of vector type\n\
1791 @var{vec_type_out} and the argument types should be @var{vec_type_in}.",
1792 tree, (tree fndecl, tree vec_type_out, tree vec_type_in),
1793 default_builtin_md_vectorized_function)
1794
1795 /* Returns a function declaration for a builtin that realizes the
1796 vector conversion, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
1797 DEFHOOK
1798 (builtin_conversion,
1799 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements conversion of the\n\
1800 input vector of type @var{src_type} to type @var{dest_type}.\n\
1801 The value of @var{code} is one of the enumerators in @code{enum tree_code} and\n\
1802 specifies how the conversion is to be applied\n\
1803 (truncation, rounding, etc.).\n\
1804 \n\
1805 If this hook is defined, the autovectorizer will use the\n\
1806 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_BUILTIN_CONVERSION} target hook when vectorizing\n\
1807 conversion. Otherwise, it will return @code{NULL_TREE}.",
1808 tree, (unsigned code, tree dest_type, tree src_type),
1809 default_builtin_vectorized_conversion)
1810
1811 /* Cost of different vector/scalar statements in vectorization cost
1812 model. In case of misaligned vector loads and stores the cost depends
1813 on the data type and misalignment value. */
1814 DEFHOOK
1815 (builtin_vectorization_cost,
1816 "Returns cost of different scalar or vector statements for vectorization cost model.\n\
1817 For vector memory operations the cost may depend on type (@var{vectype}) and\n\
1818 misalignment value (@var{misalign}).",
1819 int, (enum vect_cost_for_stmt type_of_cost, tree vectype, int misalign),
1820 default_builtin_vectorization_cost)
1821
1822 DEFHOOK
1823 (preferred_vector_alignment,
1824 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for accesses to\n\
1825 vectors of type @var{type} in vectorized code. This might be less than\n\
1826 or greater than the ABI-defined value returned by\n\
1827 @code{TARGET_VECTOR_ALIGNMENT}. It can be equal to the alignment of\n\
1828 a single element, in which case the vectorizer will not try to optimize\n\
1829 for alignment.\n\
1830 \n\
1831 The default hook returns @code{TYPE_ALIGN (@var{type})}, which is\n\
1832 correct for most targets.",
1833 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
1834 default_preferred_vector_alignment)
1835
1836 /* Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N
1837 iterations) for the given scalar type. */
1838 DEFHOOK
1839 (vector_alignment_reachable,
1840 "Return true if vector alignment is reachable (by peeling N iterations) for the given scalar type @var{type}. @var{is_packed} is false if the scalar access using @var{type} is known to be naturally aligned.",
1841 bool, (const_tree type, bool is_packed),
1842 default_builtin_vector_alignment_reachable)
1843
1844 DEFHOOK
1845 (vec_perm_const,
1846 "This hook is used to test whether the target can permute up to two\n\
1847 vectors of mode @var{mode} using the permutation vector @code{sel}, and\n\
1848 also to emit such a permutation. In the former case @var{in0}, @var{in1}\n\
1849 and @var{out} are all null. In the latter case @var{in0} and @var{in1} are\n\
1850 the source vectors and @var{out} is the destination vector; all three are\n\
1851 registers of mode @var{mode}. @var{in1} is the same as @var{in0} if\n\
1852 @var{sel} describes a permutation on one vector instead of two.\n\
1853 \n\
1854 Return true if the operation is possible, emitting instructions for it\n\
1855 if rtxes are provided.\n\
1856 \n\
1857 @cindex @code{vec_perm@var{m}} instruction pattern\n\
1858 If the hook returns false for a mode with multibyte elements, GCC will\n\
1859 try the equivalent byte operation. If that also fails, it will try forcing\n\
1860 the selector into a register and using the @var{vec_perm@var{mode}}\n\
1861 instruction pattern. There is no need for the hook to handle these two\n\
1862 implementation approaches itself.",
1863 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx output, rtx in0, rtx in1,
1864 const vec_perm_indices &sel),
1865 NULL)
1866
1867 /* Return true if the target supports misaligned store/load of a
1868 specific factor denoted in the third parameter. The last parameter
1869 is true if the access is defined in a packed struct. */
1870 DEFHOOK
1871 (support_vector_misalignment,
1872 "This hook should return true if the target supports misaligned vector\n\
1873 store/load of a specific factor denoted in the @var{misalignment}\n\
1874 parameter. The vector store/load should be of machine mode @var{mode} and\n\
1875 the elements in the vectors should be of type @var{type}. @var{is_packed}\n\
1876 parameter is true if the memory access is defined in a packed struct.",
1877 bool,
1878 (machine_mode mode, const_tree type, int misalignment, bool is_packed),
1879 default_builtin_support_vector_misalignment)
1880
1881 /* Returns the preferred mode for SIMD operations for the specified
1882 scalar mode. */
1883 DEFHOOK
1884 (preferred_simd_mode,
1885 "This hook should return the preferred mode for vectorizing scalar\n\
1886 mode @var{mode}. The default is\n\
1887 equal to @code{word_mode}, because the vectorizer can do some\n\
1888 transformations even in absence of specialized @acronym{SIMD} hardware.",
1889 machine_mode,
1890 (scalar_mode mode),
1891 default_preferred_simd_mode)
1892
1893 /* Returns the preferred mode for splitting SIMD reductions to. */
1894 DEFHOOK
1895 (split_reduction,
1896 "This hook should return the preferred mode to split the final reduction\n\
1897 step on @var{mode} to. The reduction is then carried out reducing upper\n\
1898 against lower halves of vectors recursively until the specified mode is\n\
1899 reached. The default is @var{mode} which means no splitting.",
1900 machine_mode,
1901 (machine_mode),
1902 default_split_reduction)
1903
1904 /* Returns a mask of vector sizes to iterate over when auto-vectorizing
1905 after processing the preferred one derived from preferred_simd_mode. */
1906 DEFHOOK
1907 (autovectorize_vector_sizes,
1908 "If the mode returned by @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is not\n\
1909 the only one that is worth considering, this hook should add all suitable\n\
1910 vector sizes to @var{sizes}, in order of decreasing preference. The first\n\
1911 one should be the size of @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE}.\n\
1912 \n\
1913 The hook does not need to do anything if the vector returned by\n\
1914 @code{TARGET_VECTORIZE_PREFERRED_SIMD_MODE} is the only one relevant\n\
1915 for autovectorization. The default implementation does nothing.",
1916 void,
1917 (vector_sizes *sizes),
1918 default_autovectorize_vector_sizes)
1919
1920 /* Function to get a target mode for a vector mask. */
1921 DEFHOOK
1922 (get_mask_mode,
1923 "A vector mask is a value that holds one boolean result for every element\n\
1924 in a vector. This hook returns the machine mode that should be used to\n\
1925 represent such a mask when the vector in question is @var{length} bytes\n\
1926 long and contains @var{nunits} elements. The hook returns an empty\n\
1927 @code{opt_machine_mode} if no such mode exists.\n\
1928 \n\
1929 The default implementation returns the mode of an integer vector that\n\
1930 is @var{length} bytes long and that contains @var{nunits} elements,\n\
1931 if such a mode exists.",
1932 opt_machine_mode,
1933 (poly_uint64 nunits, poly_uint64 length),
1934 default_get_mask_mode)
1935
1936 /* Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. */
1937 DEFHOOK
1938 (builtin_gather,
1939 "Target builtin that implements vector gather operation. @var{mem_vectype}\n\
1940 is the vector type of the load and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1941 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1942 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize gather\n\
1943 loads.",
1944 tree,
1945 (const_tree mem_vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1946 NULL)
1947
1948 /* Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. */
1949 DEFHOOK
1950 (builtin_scatter,
1951 "Target builtin that implements vector scatter operation. @var{vectype}\n\
1952 is the vector type of the store and @var{index_type} is scalar type of\n\
1953 the index, scaled by @var{scale}.\n\
1954 The default is @code{NULL_TREE} which means to not vectorize scatter\n\
1955 stores.",
1956 tree,
1957 (const_tree vectype, const_tree index_type, int scale),
1958 NULL)
1959
1960 /* Target function to initialize the cost model for a loop or block. */
1961 DEFHOOK
1962 (init_cost,
1963 "This hook should initialize target-specific data structures in preparation "
1964 "for modeling the costs of vectorizing a loop or basic block. The default "
1965 "allocates three unsigned integers for accumulating costs for the prologue, "
1966 "body, and epilogue of the loop or basic block. If @var{loop_info} is "
1967 "non-NULL, it identifies the loop being vectorized; otherwise a single block "
1968 "is being vectorized.",
1969 void *,
1970 (struct loop *loop_info),
1971 default_init_cost)
1972
1973 /* Target function to record N statements of the given kind using the
1974 given vector type within the cost model data for the current loop or
1975 block. */
1976 DEFHOOK
1977 (add_stmt_cost,
1978 "This hook should update the target-specific @var{data} in response to "
1979 "adding @var{count} copies of the given @var{kind} of statement to a "
1980 "loop or basic block. The default adds the builtin vectorizer cost for "
1981 "the copies of the statement to the accumulator specified by @var{where}, "
1982 "(the prologue, body, or epilogue) and returns the amount added. The "
1983 "return value should be viewed as a tentative cost that may later be "
1984 "revised.",
1985 unsigned,
1986 (void *data, int count, enum vect_cost_for_stmt kind,
1987 struct _stmt_vec_info *stmt_info, int misalign,
1988 enum vect_cost_model_location where),
1989 default_add_stmt_cost)
1990
1991 /* Target function to calculate the total cost of the current vectorized
1992 loop or block. */
1993 DEFHOOK
1994 (finish_cost,
1995 "This hook should complete calculations of the cost of vectorizing a loop "
1996 "or basic block based on @var{data}, and return the prologue, body, and "
1997 "epilogue costs as unsigned integers. The default returns the value of "
1998 "the three accumulators.",
1999 void,
2000 (void *data, unsigned *prologue_cost, unsigned *body_cost,
2001 unsigned *epilogue_cost),
2002 default_finish_cost)
2003
2004 /* Function to delete target-specific cost modeling data. */
2005 DEFHOOK
2006 (destroy_cost_data,
2007 "This hook should release @var{data} and any related data structures "
2008 "allocated by TARGET_VECTORIZE_INIT_COST. The default releases the "
2009 "accumulator.",
2010 void,
2011 (void *data),
2012 default_destroy_cost_data)
2013
2014 HOOK_VECTOR_END (vectorize)
2015
2016 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
2017 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
2018
2019 DEFHOOK
2020 (record_offload_symbol,
2021 "Used when offloaded functions are seen in the compilation unit and no named\n\
2022 sections are available. It is called once for each symbol that must be\n\
2023 recorded in the offload function and variable table.",
2024 void, (tree),
2025 hook_void_tree)
2026
2027 DEFHOOKPOD
2028 (absolute_biggest_alignment,
2029 "If defined, this target hook specifies the absolute biggest alignment\n\
2030 that a type or variable can have on this machine, otherwise,\n\
2031 @code{BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT} is used.",
2032 HOST_WIDE_INT, BIGGEST_ALIGNMENT)
2033
2034 /* Allow target specific overriding of option settings after options have
2035 been changed by an attribute or pragma or when it is reset at the
2036 end of the code affected by an attribute or pragma. */
2037 DEFHOOK
2038 (override_options_after_change,
2039 "This target function is similar to the hook @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE}\n\
2040 but is called when the optimize level is changed via an attribute or\n\
2041 pragma or when it is reset at the end of the code affected by the\n\
2042 attribute or pragma. It is not called at the beginning of compilation\n\
2043 when @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} is called so if you want to perform these\n\
2044 actions then, you should have @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} call\n\
2045 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}.",
2046 void, (void),
2047 hook_void_void)
2048
2049 DEFHOOK
2050 (offload_options,
2051 "Used when writing out the list of options into an LTO file. It should\n\
2052 translate any relevant target-specific options (such as the ABI in use)\n\
2053 into one of the @option{-foffload} options that exist as a common interface\n\
2054 to express such options. It should return a string containing these options,\n\
2055 separated by spaces, which the caller will free.\n",
2056 char *, (void), hook_charptr_void_null)
2057
2058 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2059 (eh_return_filter_mode,
2060 "Return machine mode for filter value.",
2061 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2062 default_eh_return_filter_mode)
2063
2064 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded cmp instructions. */
2065 DEFHOOK
2066 (libgcc_cmp_return_mode,
2067 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the return value\n\
2068 of compare instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2069 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2070 targets.",
2071 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2072 default_libgcc_cmp_return_mode)
2073
2074 /* Return machine mode for libgcc expanded shift instructions. */
2075 DEFHOOK
2076 (libgcc_shift_count_mode,
2077 "This target hook should return the mode to be used for the shift count operand\n\
2078 of shift instructions expanded to libgcc calls. If not defined\n\
2079 @code{word_mode} is returned which is the right choice for a majority of\n\
2080 targets.",
2081 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2082 default_libgcc_shift_count_mode)
2083
2084 /* Return machine mode to be used for _Unwind_Word type. */
2085 DEFHOOK
2086 (unwind_word_mode,
2087 "Return machine mode to be used for @code{_Unwind_Word} type.\n\
2088 The default is to use @code{word_mode}.",
2089 scalar_int_mode, (void),
2090 default_unwind_word_mode)
2091
2092 /* Given two decls, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2093 DEFHOOK
2094 (merge_decl_attributes,
2095 "Define this target hook if the merging of decl attributes needs special\n\
2096 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2097 @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{olddecl} and @var{newdecl}.\n\
2098 @var{newdecl} is a duplicate declaration of @var{olddecl}. Examples of\n\
2099 when this is needed are when one attribute overrides another, or when an\n\
2100 attribute is nullified by a subsequent definition. This function may\n\
2101 call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent merging.\n\
2102 \n\
2103 @findex TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES\n\
2104 If the only target-specific handling you require is @samp{dllimport}\n\
2105 for Microsoft Windows targets, you should define the macro\n\
2106 @code{TARGET_DLLIMPORT_DECL_ATTRIBUTES} to @code{1}. The compiler\n\
2107 will then define a function called\n\
2108 @code{merge_dllimport_decl_attributes} which can then be defined as\n\
2109 the expansion of @code{TARGET_MERGE_DECL_ATTRIBUTES}. You can also\n\
2110 add @code{handle_dll_attribute} in the attribute table for your port\n\
2111 to perform initial processing of the @samp{dllimport} and\n\
2112 @samp{dllexport} attributes. This is done in @file{i386/cygwin.h} and\n\
2113 @file{i386/i386.c}, for example.",
2114 tree, (tree olddecl, tree newdecl),
2115 merge_decl_attributes)
2116
2117 /* Given two types, merge their attributes and return the result. */
2118 DEFHOOK
2119 (merge_type_attributes,
2120 "Define this target hook if the merging of type attributes needs special\n\
2121 handling. If defined, the result is a list of the combined\n\
2122 @code{TYPE_ATTRIBUTES} of @var{type1} and @var{type2}. It is assumed\n\
2123 that @code{comptypes} has already been called and returned 1. This\n\
2124 function may call @code{merge_attributes} to handle machine-independent\n\
2125 merging.",
2126 tree, (tree type1, tree type2),
2127 merge_type_attributes)
2128
2129 /* Table of machine attributes and functions to handle them.
2130 Ignored if NULL. */
2131 DEFHOOKPOD
2132 (attribute_table,
2133 "If defined, this target hook points to an array of @samp{struct\n\
2134 attribute_spec} (defined in @file{tree-core.h}) specifying the machine\n\
2135 specific attributes for this target and some of the restrictions on the\n\
2136 entities to which these attributes are applied and the arguments they\n\
2137 take.",
2138 const struct attribute_spec *, NULL)
2139
2140 /* Return true iff attribute NAME expects a plain identifier as its first
2141 argument. */
2142 DEFHOOK
2143 (attribute_takes_identifier_p,
2144 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns true if the\n\
2145 machine-specific attribute named @var{name} expects an identifier\n\
2146 given as its first argument to be passed on as a plain identifier, not\n\
2147 subjected to name lookup. If this is not defined, the default is\n\
2148 false for all machine-specific attributes.",
2149 bool, (const_tree name),
2150 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2151
2152 /* Return zero if the attributes on TYPE1 and TYPE2 are incompatible,
2153 one if they are compatible and two if they are nearly compatible
2154 (which causes a warning to be generated). */
2155 DEFHOOK
2156 (comp_type_attributes,
2157 "If defined, this target hook is a function which returns zero if the attributes on\n\
2158 @var{type1} and @var{type2} are incompatible, one if they are compatible,\n\
2159 and two if they are nearly compatible (which causes a warning to be\n\
2160 generated). If this is not defined, machine-specific attributes are\n\
2161 supposed always to be compatible.",
2162 int, (const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
2163 hook_int_const_tree_const_tree_1)
2164
2165 /* Assign default attributes to the newly defined TYPE. */
2166 DEFHOOK
2167 (set_default_type_attributes,
2168 "If defined, this target hook is a function which assigns default attributes to\n\
2169 the newly defined @var{type}.",
2170 void, (tree type),
2171 hook_void_tree)
2172
2173 /* Insert attributes on the newly created DECL. */
2174 DEFHOOK
2175 (insert_attributes,
2176 "Define this target hook if you want to be able to add attributes to a decl\n\
2177 when it is being created. This is normally useful for back ends which\n\
2178 wish to implement a pragma by using the attributes which correspond to\n\
2179 the pragma's effect. The @var{node} argument is the decl which is being\n\
2180 created. The @var{attr_ptr} argument is a pointer to the attribute list\n\
2181 for this decl. The list itself should not be modified, since it may be\n\
2182 shared with other decls, but attributes may be chained on the head of\n\
2183 the list and @code{*@var{attr_ptr}} modified to point to the new\n\
2184 attributes, or a copy of the list may be made if further changes are\n\
2185 needed.",
2186 void, (tree node, tree *attr_ptr),
2187 hook_void_tree_treeptr)
2188
2189 /* Return true if FNDECL (which has at least one machine attribute)
2190 can be inlined despite its machine attributes, false otherwise. */
2191 DEFHOOK
2192 (function_attribute_inlinable_p,
2193 "@cindex inlining\n\
2194 This target hook returns @code{true} if it is OK to inline @var{fndecl}\n\
2195 into the current function, despite its having target-specific\n\
2196 attributes, @code{false} otherwise. By default, if a function has a\n\
2197 target specific attribute attached to it, it will not be inlined.",
2198 bool, (const_tree fndecl),
2199 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2200
2201 /* Return true if bitfields in RECORD_TYPE should follow the
2202 Microsoft Visual C++ bitfield layout rules. */
2203 DEFHOOK
2204 (ms_bitfield_layout_p,
2205 "This target hook returns @code{true} if bit-fields in the given\n\
2206 @var{record_type} are to be laid out following the rules of Microsoft\n\
2207 Visual C/C++, namely: (i) a bit-field won't share the same storage\n\
2208 unit with the previous bit-field if their underlying types have\n\
2209 different sizes, and the bit-field will be aligned to the highest\n\
2210 alignment of the underlying types of itself and of the previous\n\
2211 bit-field; (ii) a zero-sized bit-field will affect the alignment of\n\
2212 the whole enclosing structure, even if it is unnamed; except that\n\
2213 (iii) a zero-sized bit-field will be disregarded unless it follows\n\
2214 another bit-field of nonzero size. If this hook returns @code{true},\n\
2215 other macros that control bit-field layout are ignored.\n\
2216 \n\
2217 When a bit-field is inserted into a packed record, the whole size\n\
2218 of the underlying type is used by one or more same-size adjacent\n\
2219 bit-fields (that is, if its long:3, 32 bits is used in the record,\n\
2220 and any additional adjacent long bit-fields are packed into the same\n\
2221 chunk of 32 bits. However, if the size changes, a new field of that\n\
2222 size is allocated). In an unpacked record, this is the same as using\n\
2223 alignment, but not equivalent when packing.\n\
2224 \n\
2225 If both MS bit-fields and @samp{__attribute__((packed))} are used,\n\
2226 the latter will take precedence. If @samp{__attribute__((packed))} is\n\
2227 used on a single field when MS bit-fields are in use, it will take\n\
2228 precedence for that field, but the alignment of the rest of the structure\n\
2229 may affect its placement.",
2230 bool, (const_tree record_type),
2231 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
2232
2233 /* For now this is only an interface to WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN for
2234 target-independent code like the front ends, need performance testing
2235 before switching completely to the target hook. */
2236 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2237 (words_big_endian,
2238 "",
2239 bool, (void),
2240 targhook_words_big_endian)
2241
2242 /* Likewise for FLOAT_WORDS_BIG_ENDIAN. */
2243 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2244 (float_words_big_endian,
2245 "",
2246 bool, (void),
2247 targhook_float_words_big_endian)
2248
2249 DEFHOOK
2250 (float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p,
2251 "Returns true if the target supports IEEE 754 floating-point exceptions\
2252 and rounding modes, false otherwise. This is intended to relate to the\
2253 @code{float} and @code{double} types, but not necessarily @code{long double}.\
2254 By default, returns true if the @code{adddf3} instruction pattern is\
2255 available and false otherwise, on the assumption that hardware floating\
2256 point supports exceptions and rounding modes but software floating point\
2257 does not.",
2258 bool, (void),
2259 default_float_exceptions_rounding_supported_p)
2260
2261 /* True if the target supports decimal floating point. */
2262 DEFHOOK
2263 (decimal_float_supported_p,
2264 "Returns true if the target supports decimal floating point.",
2265 bool, (void),
2266 default_decimal_float_supported_p)
2267
2268 /* True if the target supports fixed-point. */
2269 DEFHOOK
2270 (fixed_point_supported_p,
2271 "Returns true if the target supports fixed-point arithmetic.",
2272 bool, (void),
2273 default_fixed_point_supported_p)
2274
2275 /* Return true if anonymous bitfields affect structure alignment. */
2276 DEFHOOK
2277 (align_anon_bitfield,
2278 "When @code{PCC_BITFIELD_TYPE_MATTERS} is true this hook will determine\n\
2279 whether unnamed bitfields affect the alignment of the containing\n\
2280 structure. The hook should return true if the structure should inherit\n\
2281 the alignment requirements of an unnamed bitfield's type.",
2282 bool, (void),
2283 hook_bool_void_false)
2284
2285 /* Return true if volatile bitfields should use the narrowest type possible.
2286 Return false if they should use the container type. */
2287 DEFHOOK
2288 (narrow_volatile_bitfield,
2289 "This target hook should return @code{true} if accesses to volatile bitfields\n\
2290 should use the narrowest mode possible. It should return @code{false} if\n\
2291 these accesses should use the bitfield container type.\n\
2292 \n\
2293 The default is @code{false}.",
2294 bool, (void),
2295 hook_bool_void_false)
2296
2297 /* Set up target-specific built-in functions. */
2298 DEFHOOK
2299 (init_builtins,
2300 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2301 that need to be defined. It should be a function that performs the\n\
2302 necessary setup.\n\
2303 \n\
2304 Machine specific built-in functions can be useful to expand special machine\n\
2305 instructions that would otherwise not normally be generated because\n\
2306 they have no equivalent in the source language (for example, SIMD vector\n\
2307 instructions or prefetch instructions).\n\
2308 \n\
2309 To create a built-in function, call the function\n\
2310 @code{lang_hooks.builtin_function}\n\
2311 which is defined by the language front end. You can use any type nodes set\n\
2312 up by @code{build_common_tree_nodes};\n\
2313 only language front ends that use those two functions will call\n\
2314 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}.",
2315 void, (void),
2316 hook_void_void)
2317
2318 /* Initialize (if INITIALIZE_P is true) and return the target-specific
2319 built-in function decl for CODE.
2320 Return NULL if that is not possible. Return error_mark_node if CODE
2321 is outside of the range of valid target builtin function codes. */
2322 DEFHOOK
2323 (builtin_decl,
2324 "Define this hook if you have any machine-specific built-in functions\n\
2325 that need to be defined. It should be a function that returns the\n\
2326 builtin function declaration for the builtin function code @var{code}.\n\
2327 If there is no such builtin and it cannot be initialized at this time\n\
2328 if @var{initialize_p} is true the function should return @code{NULL_TREE}.\n\
2329 If @var{code} is out of range the function should return\n\
2330 @code{error_mark_node}.",
2331 tree, (unsigned code, bool initialize_p), NULL)
2332
2333 /* Expand a target-specific builtin. */
2334 DEFHOOK
2335 (expand_builtin,
2336 "\n\
2337 Expand a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2338 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{exp} is the expression for the\n\
2339 function call; the result should go to @var{target} if that is\n\
2340 convenient, and have mode @var{mode} if that is convenient.\n\
2341 @var{subtarget} may be used as the target for computing one of\n\
2342 @var{exp}'s operands. @var{ignore} is nonzero if the value is to be\n\
2343 ignored. This function should return the result of the call to the\n\
2344 built-in function.",
2345 rtx,
2346 (tree exp, rtx target, rtx subtarget, machine_mode mode, int ignore),
2347 default_expand_builtin)
2348
2349 DEFHOOK
2350 (builtin_chkp_function,
2351 "This hook allows target to redefine built-in functions used by\n\
2352 Pointer Bounds Checker for code instrumentation. Hook should return\n\
2353 fndecl of function implementing generic builtin whose code is\n\
2354 passed in @var{fcode}. Currently following built-in functions are\n\
2355 obtained using this hook:\n\
2356 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndmk (const void *@var{lb}, size_t @var{size})\n\
2357 Function code - BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDMK. This built-in function is used\n\
2358 by Pointer Bounds Checker to create bound values. @var{lb} holds low\n\
2359 bound of the resulting bounds. @var{size} holds size of created bounds.\n\
2360 @end deftypefn\n\
2361 \n\
2362 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndstx (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, const void **@var{loc})\n\
2363 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDSTX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2364 by Pointer Bounds Checker to store bounds @var{b} for pointer @var{ptr}\n\
2365 when @var{ptr} is stored by address @var{loc}.\n\
2366 @end deftypefn\n\
2367 \n\
2368 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndldx (const void **@var{loc}, const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2369 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDLDX}. This built-in function is used\n\
2370 by Pointer Bounds Checker to get bounds of pointer @var{ptr} loaded by\n\
2371 address @var{loc}.\n\
2372 @end deftypefn\n\
2373 \n\
2374 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcl (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2375 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCL}. This built-in function is used\n\
2376 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2377 lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2378 @end deftypefn\n\
2379 \n\
2380 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} void __chkp_bndcu (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2381 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDCU}. This built-in function is used\n\
2382 by Pointer Bounds Checker to perform check for pointer @var{ptr} against\n\
2383 upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2384 @end deftypefn\n\
2385 \n\
2386 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_bndret (void *@var{ptr})\n\
2387 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_BNDRET}. This built-in function is used\n\
2388 by Pointer Bounds Checker to obtain bounds returned by a call statement.\n\
2389 @var{ptr} passed to built-in is @code{SSA_NAME} returned by the call.\n\
2390 @end deftypefn\n\
2391 \n\
2392 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_intersect (__bounds_type @var{b1}, __bounds_type @var{b2})\n\
2393 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_INTERSECT}. This built-in function\n\
2394 returns intersection of bounds @var{b1} and @var{b2}.\n\
2395 @end deftypefn\n\
2396 \n\
2397 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} __bounds_type __chkp_narrow (const void *@var{ptr}, __bounds_type @var{b}, size_t @var{s})\n\
2398 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_NARROW}. This built-in function\n\
2399 returns intersection of bounds @var{b} and\n\
2400 [@var{ptr}, @var{ptr} + @var{s} - @code{1}].\n\
2401 @end deftypefn\n\
2402 \n\
2403 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} size_t __chkp_sizeof (const void *@var{ptr})\n\
2404 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_SIZEOF}. This built-in function\n\
2405 returns size of object referenced by @var{ptr}. @var{ptr} is always\n\
2406 @code{ADDR_EXPR} of @code{VAR_DECL}. This built-in is used by\n\
2407 Pointer Bounds Checker when bounds of object cannot be computed statically\n\
2408 (e.g. object has incomplete type).\n\
2409 @end deftypefn\n\
2410 \n\
2411 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_lower (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2412 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_LOWER}. This built-in function\n\
2413 returns lower bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2414 @end deftypefn\n\
2415 \n\
2416 @deftypefn {Built-in Function} const void *__chkp_extract_upper (__bounds_type @var{b})\n\
2417 Function code - @code{BUILT_IN_CHKP_EXTRACT_UPPER}. This built-in function\n\
2418 returns upper bound of bounds @var{b}.\n\
2419 @end deftypefn",
2420 tree, (unsigned fcode),
2421 default_builtin_chkp_function)
2422
2423 DEFHOOK
2424 (chkp_bound_type,
2425 "Return type to be used for bounds",
2426 tree, (void),
2427 default_chkp_bound_type)
2428
2429 DEFHOOK
2430 (chkp_bound_mode,
2431 "Return mode to be used for bounds.",
2432 machine_mode, (void),
2433 default_chkp_bound_mode)
2434
2435 DEFHOOK
2436 (chkp_make_bounds_constant,
2437 "Return constant used to statically initialize constant bounds\n\
2438 with specified lower bound @var{lb} and upper bounds @var{ub}.",
2439 tree, (HOST_WIDE_INT lb, HOST_WIDE_INT ub),
2440 default_chkp_make_bounds_constant)
2441
2442 DEFHOOK
2443 (chkp_initialize_bounds,
2444 "Generate a list of statements @var{stmts} to initialize pointer\n\
2445 bounds variable @var{var} with bounds @var{lb} and @var{ub}. Return\n\
2446 the number of generated statements.",
2447 int, (tree var, tree lb, tree ub, tree *stmts),
2448 default_chkp_initialize_bounds)
2449
2450 /* Select a replacement for a target-specific builtin. This is done
2451 *before* regular type checking, and so allows the target to
2452 implement a crude form of function overloading. The result is a
2453 complete expression that implements the operation. PARAMS really
2454 has type VEC(tree,gc)*, but we don't want to include tree.h here. */
2455 DEFHOOK
2456 (resolve_overloaded_builtin,
2457 "Select a replacement for a machine specific built-in function that\n\
2458 was set up by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. This is done\n\
2459 @emph{before} regular type checking, and so allows the target to\n\
2460 implement a crude form of function overloading. @var{fndecl} is the\n\
2461 declaration of the built-in function. @var{arglist} is the list of\n\
2462 arguments passed to the built-in function. The result is a\n\
2463 complete expression that implements the operation, usually\n\
2464 another @code{CALL_EXPR}.\n\
2465 @var{arglist} really has type @samp{VEC(tree,gc)*}",
2466 tree, (unsigned int /*location_t*/ loc, tree fndecl, void *arglist), NULL)
2467
2468 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a tree valid for both GIMPLE
2469 and GENERIC. */
2470 DEFHOOK
2471 (fold_builtin,
2472 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up by\n\
2473 @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{fndecl} is the declaration of the\n\
2474 built-in function. @var{n_args} is the number of arguments passed to\n\
2475 the function; the arguments themselves are pointed to by @var{argp}.\n\
2476 The result is another tree, valid for both GIMPLE and GENERIC,\n\
2477 containing a simplified expression for the call's result. If\n\
2478 @var{ignore} is true the value will be ignored.",
2479 tree, (tree fndecl, int n_args, tree *argp, bool ignore),
2480 hook_tree_tree_int_treep_bool_null)
2481
2482 /* Fold a target-specific builtin to a valid GIMPLE tree. */
2483 DEFHOOK
2484 (gimple_fold_builtin,
2485 "Fold a call to a machine specific built-in function that was set up\n\
2486 by @samp{TARGET_INIT_BUILTINS}. @var{gsi} points to the gimple\n\
2487 statement holding the function call. Returns true if any change\n\
2488 was made to the GIMPLE stream.",
2489 bool, (gimple_stmt_iterator *gsi),
2490 hook_bool_gsiptr_false)
2491
2492 /* Target hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to
2493 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used
2494 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two
2495 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority
2496 is checked for dispatching earlier. DECL1 and DECL2 are
2497 the two function decls that will be compared. It returns positive value
2498 if DECL1 is higher priority, negative value if DECL2 is higher priority
2499 and 0 if they are the same. */
2500 DEFHOOK
2501 (compare_version_priority,
2502 "This hook is used to compare the target attributes in two functions to\n\
2503 determine which function's features get higher priority. This is used\n\
2504 during function multi-versioning to figure out the order in which two\n\
2505 versions must be dispatched. A function version with a higher priority\n\
2506 is checked for dispatching earlier. @var{decl1} and @var{decl2} are\n\
2507 the two function decls that will be compared.",
2508 int, (tree decl1, tree decl2), NULL)
2509
2510 /* Target hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right
2511 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.
2512 ARG points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose body
2513 must be generated. */
2514 DEFHOOK
2515 (generate_version_dispatcher_body,
2516 "This hook is used to generate the dispatcher logic to invoke the right\n\
2517 function version at run-time for a given set of function versions.\n\
2518 @var{arg} points to the callgraph node of the dispatcher function whose\n\
2519 body must be generated.",
2520 tree, (void *arg), NULL)
2521
2522 /* Target hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function
2523 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function
2524 version at run-time. DECL is one version from a set of semantically
2525 identical versions. */
2526 DEFHOOK
2527 (get_function_versions_dispatcher,
2528 "This hook is used to get the dispatcher function for a set of function\n\
2529 versions. The dispatcher function is called to invoke the right function\n\
2530 version at run-time. @var{decl} is one version from a set of semantically\n\
2531 identical versions.",
2532 tree, (void *decl), NULL)
2533
2534 /* Returns a code for a target-specific builtin that implements
2535 reciprocal of a target-specific function, or NULL_TREE if not available. */
2536 DEFHOOK
2537 (builtin_reciprocal,
2538 "This hook should return the DECL of a function that implements the\n\
2539 reciprocal of the machine-specific builtin function @var{fndecl}, or\n\
2540 @code{NULL_TREE} if such a function is not available.",
2541 tree, (tree fndecl),
2542 default_builtin_reciprocal)
2543
2544 /* For a vendor-specific TYPE, return a pointer to a statically-allocated
2545 string containing the C++ mangling for TYPE. In all other cases, return
2546 NULL. */
2547 DEFHOOK
2548 (mangle_type,
2549 "If your target defines any fundamental types, or any types your target\n\
2550 uses should be mangled differently from the default, define this hook\n\
2551 to return the appropriate encoding for these types as part of a C++\n\
2552 mangled name. The @var{type} argument is the tree structure representing\n\
2553 the type to be mangled. The hook may be applied to trees which are\n\
2554 not target-specific fundamental types; it should return @code{NULL}\n\
2555 for all such types, as well as arguments it does not recognize. If the\n\
2556 return value is not @code{NULL}, it must point to a statically-allocated\n\
2557 string constant.\n\
2558 \n\
2559 Target-specific fundamental types might be new fundamental types or\n\
2560 qualified versions of ordinary fundamental types. Encode new\n\
2561 fundamental types as @samp{@w{u @var{n} @var{name}}}, where @var{name}\n\
2562 is the name used for the type in source code, and @var{n} is the\n\
2563 length of @var{name} in decimal. Encode qualified versions of\n\
2564 ordinary types as @samp{@w{U @var{n} @var{name} @var{code}}}, where\n\
2565 @var{name} is the name used for the type qualifier in source code,\n\
2566 @var{n} is the length of @var{name} as above, and @var{code} is the\n\
2567 code used to represent the unqualified version of this type. (See\n\
2568 @code{write_builtin_type} in @file{cp/mangle.c} for the list of\n\
2569 codes.) In both cases the spaces are for clarity; do not include any\n\
2570 spaces in your string.\n\
2571 \n\
2572 This hook is applied to types prior to typedef resolution. If the mangled\n\
2573 name for a particular type depends only on that type's main variant, you\n\
2574 can perform typedef resolution yourself using @code{TYPE_MAIN_VARIANT}\n\
2575 before mangling.\n\
2576 \n\
2577 The default version of this hook always returns @code{NULL}, which is\n\
2578 appropriate for a target that does not define any new fundamental\n\
2579 types.",
2580 const char *, (const_tree type),
2581 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_null)
2582
2583 /* Make any adjustments to libfunc names needed for this target. */
2584 DEFHOOK
2585 (init_libfuncs,
2586 "This hook should declare additional library routines or rename\n\
2587 existing ones, using the functions @code{set_optab_libfunc} and\n\
2588 @code{init_one_libfunc} defined in @file{optabs.c}.\n\
2589 @code{init_optabs} calls this macro after initializing all the normal\n\
2590 library routines.\n\
2591 \n\
2592 The default is to do nothing. Most ports don't need to define this hook.",
2593 void, (void),
2594 hook_void_void)
2595
2596 /* Add a __gnu_ prefix to library functions rather than just __. */
2597 DEFHOOKPOD
2598 (libfunc_gnu_prefix,
2599 "If false (the default), internal library routines start with two\n\
2600 underscores. If set to true, these routines start with @code{__gnu_}\n\
2601 instead. E.g., @code{__muldi3} changes to @code{__gnu_muldi3}. This\n\
2602 currently only affects functions defined in @file{libgcc2.c}. If this\n\
2603 is set to true, the @file{tm.h} file must also\n\
2604 @code{#define LIBGCC2_GNU_PREFIX}.",
2605 bool, false)
2606
2607 /* Given a decl, a section name, and whether the decl initializer
2608 has relocs, choose attributes for the section. */
2609 /* ??? Should be merged with SELECT_SECTION and UNIQUE_SECTION. */
2610 DEFHOOK
2611 (section_type_flags,
2612 "Choose a set of section attributes for use by @code{TARGET_ASM_NAMED_SECTION}\n\
2613 based on a variable or function decl, a section name, and whether or not the\n\
2614 declaration's initializer may contain runtime relocations. @var{decl} may be\n\
2615 null, in which case read-write data should be assumed.\n\
2616 \n\
2617 The default version of this function handles choosing code vs data,\n\
2618 read-only vs read-write data, and @code{flag_pic}. You should only\n\
2619 need to override this if your target has special flags that might be\n\
2620 set via @code{__attribute__}.",
2621 unsigned int, (tree decl, const char *name, int reloc),
2622 default_section_type_flags)
2623
2624 DEFHOOK
2625 (libc_has_function,
2626 "This hook determines whether a function from a class of functions\n\
2627 @var{fn_class} is present at the runtime.",
2628 bool, (enum function_class fn_class),
2629 default_libc_has_function)
2630
2631 /* True if new jumps cannot be created, to replace existing ones or
2632 not, at the current point in the compilation. */
2633 DEFHOOK
2634 (cannot_modify_jumps_p,
2635 "This target hook returns @code{true} past the point in which new jump\n\
2636 instructions could be created. On machines that require a register for\n\
2637 every jump such as the SHmedia ISA of SH5, this point would typically be\n\
2638 reload, so this target hook should be defined to a function such as:\n\
2639 \n\
2640 @smallexample\n\
2641 static bool\n\
2642 cannot_modify_jumps_past_reload_p ()\n\
2643 @{\n\
2644 return (reload_completed || reload_in_progress);\n\
2645 @}\n\
2646 @end smallexample",
2647 bool, (void),
2648 hook_bool_void_false)
2649
2650 /* True if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE. */
2651 DEFHOOK
2652 (can_follow_jump,
2653 "FOLLOWER and FOLLOWEE are JUMP_INSN instructions;\
2654 return true if FOLLOWER may be modified to follow FOLLOWEE;\
2655 false, if it can't.\
2656 For example, on some targets, certain kinds of branches can't be made to\
2657 follow through a hot/cold partitioning.",
2658 bool, (const rtx_insn *follower, const rtx_insn *followee),
2659 hook_bool_const_rtx_insn_const_rtx_insn_true)
2660
2661 /* Return a register class for which branch target register
2662 optimizations should be applied. */
2663 DEFHOOK
2664 (branch_target_register_class,
2665 "This target hook returns a register class for which branch target register\n\
2666 optimizations should be applied. All registers in this class should be\n\
2667 usable interchangeably. After reload, registers in this class will be\n\
2668 re-allocated and loads will be hoisted out of loops and be subjected\n\
2669 to inter-block scheduling.",
2670 reg_class_t, (void),
2671 default_branch_target_register_class)
2672
2673 /* Return true if branch target register optimizations should include
2674 callee-saved registers that are not already live during the current
2675 function. AFTER_PE_GEN is true if prologues and epilogues have
2676 already been generated. */
2677 DEFHOOK
2678 (branch_target_register_callee_saved,
2679 "Branch target register optimization will by default exclude callee-saved\n\
2680 registers\n\
2681 that are not already live during the current function; if this target hook\n\
2682 returns true, they will be included. The target code must than make sure\n\
2683 that all target registers in the class returned by\n\
2684 @samp{TARGET_BRANCH_TARGET_REGISTER_CLASS} that might need saving are\n\
2685 saved. @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} indicates if prologues and\n\
2686 epilogues have already been generated. Note, even if you only return\n\
2687 true when @var{after_prologue_epilogue_gen} is false, you still are likely\n\
2688 to have to make special provisions in @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET}\n\
2689 to reserve space for caller-saved target registers.",
2690 bool, (bool after_prologue_epilogue_gen),
2691 hook_bool_bool_false)
2692
2693 /* Return true if the target supports conditional execution. */
2694 DEFHOOK
2695 (have_conditional_execution,
2696 "This target hook returns true if the target supports conditional execution.\n\
2697 This target hook is required only when the target has several different\n\
2698 modes and they have different conditional execution capability, such as ARM.",
2699 bool, (void),
2700 default_have_conditional_execution)
2701
2702 DEFHOOK
2703 (gen_ccmp_first,
2704 "This function prepares to emit a comparison insn for the first compare in a\n\
2705 sequence of conditional comparisions. It returns an appropriate comparison\n\
2706 with @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2707 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2708 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2709 compares in the the conditional comparision are generated without error.\n\
2710 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.",
2711 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, int code, tree op0, tree op1),
2712 NULL)
2713
2714 DEFHOOK
2715 (gen_ccmp_next,
2716 "This function prepares to emit a conditional comparison within a sequence\n\
2717 of conditional comparisons. It returns an appropriate comparison with\n\
2718 @code{CC} for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2719 The insns to prepare the compare are saved in @var{prep_seq} and the compare\n\
2720 insns are saved in @var{gen_seq}. They will be emitted when all the\n\
2721 compares in the conditional comparision are generated without error. The\n\
2722 @var{prev} expression is the result of a prior call to @code{gen_ccmp_first}\n\
2723 or @code{gen_ccmp_next}. It may return @code{NULL} if the combination of\n\
2724 @var{prev} and this comparison is not supported, otherwise the result must\n\
2725 be appropriate for passing to @code{gen_ccmp_next} or @code{cbranch_optab}.\n\
2726 @var{code} is the @code{rtx_code} of the compare for @var{op0} and @var{op1}.\n\
2727 @var{bit_code} is @code{AND} or @code{IOR}, which is the op on the compares.",
2728 rtx, (rtx_insn **prep_seq, rtx_insn **gen_seq, rtx prev, int cmp_code, tree op0, tree op1, int bit_code),
2729 NULL)
2730
2731 /* Return a new value for loop unroll size. */
2732 DEFHOOK
2733 (loop_unroll_adjust,
2734 "This target hook returns a new value for the number of times @var{loop}\n\
2735 should be unrolled. The parameter @var{nunroll} is the number of times\n\
2736 the loop is to be unrolled. The parameter @var{loop} is a pointer to\n\
2737 the loop, which is going to be checked for unrolling. This target hook\n\
2738 is required only when the target has special constraints like maximum\n\
2739 number of memory accesses.",
2740 unsigned, (unsigned nunroll, struct loop *loop),
2741 NULL)
2742
2743 /* True if X is a legitimate MODE-mode immediate operand. */
2744 DEFHOOK
2745 (legitimate_constant_p,
2746 "This hook returns true if @var{x} is a legitimate constant for a\n\
2747 @var{mode}-mode immediate operand on the target machine. You can assume that\n\
2748 @var{x} satisfies @code{CONSTANT_P}, so you need not check this.\n\
2749 \n\
2750 The default definition returns true.",
2751 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2752 hook_bool_mode_rtx_true)
2753
2754 /* True if the constant X cannot be placed in the constant pool. */
2755 DEFHOOK
2756 (cannot_force_const_mem,
2757 "This hook should return true if @var{x} is of a form that cannot (or\n\
2758 should not) be spilled to the constant pool. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2759 of @var{x}.\n\
2760 \n\
2761 The default version of this hook returns false.\n\
2762 \n\
2763 The primary reason to define this hook is to prevent reload from\n\
2764 deciding that a non-legitimate constant would be better reloaded\n\
2765 from the constant pool instead of spilling and reloading a register\n\
2766 holding the constant. This restriction is often true of addresses\n\
2767 of TLS symbols for various targets.",
2768 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x),
2769 hook_bool_mode_rtx_false)
2770
2771 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
2772 (cannot_copy_insn_p,
2773 "True if the insn @var{x} cannot be duplicated.",
2774 bool, (rtx_insn *), NULL)
2775
2776 /* True if X is considered to be commutative. */
2777 DEFHOOK
2778 (commutative_p,
2779 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{x} is considered to be commutative.\n\
2780 Usually, this is just COMMUTATIVE_P (@var{x}), but the HP PA doesn't consider\n\
2781 PLUS to be commutative inside a MEM@. @var{outer_code} is the rtx code\n\
2782 of the enclosing rtl, if known, otherwise it is UNKNOWN.",
2783 bool, (const_rtx x, int outer_code),
2784 hook_bool_const_rtx_commutative_p)
2785
2786 /* True if ADDR is an address-expression whose effect depends
2787 on the mode of the memory reference it is used in. */
2788 DEFHOOK
2789 (mode_dependent_address_p,
2790 "This hook returns @code{true} if memory address @var{addr} in address\n\
2791 space @var{addrspace} can have\n\
2792 different meanings depending on the machine mode of the memory\n\
2793 reference it is used for or if the address is valid for some modes\n\
2794 but not others.\n\
2795 \n\
2796 Autoincrement and autodecrement addresses typically have mode-dependent\n\
2797 effects because the amount of the increment or decrement is the size\n\
2798 of the operand being addressed. Some machines have other mode-dependent\n\
2799 addresses. Many RISC machines have no mode-dependent addresses.\n\
2800 \n\
2801 You may assume that @var{addr} is a valid address for the machine.\n\
2802 \n\
2803 The default version of this hook returns @code{false}.",
2804 bool, (const_rtx addr, addr_space_t addrspace),
2805 default_mode_dependent_address_p)
2806
2807 /* Given an invalid address X for a given machine mode, try machine-specific
2808 ways to make it legitimate. Return X or an invalid address on failure. */
2809 DEFHOOK
2810 (legitimize_address,
2811 "This hook is given an invalid memory address @var{x} for an\n\
2812 operand of mode @var{mode} and should try to return a valid memory\n\
2813 address.\n\
2814 \n\
2815 @findex break_out_memory_refs\n\
2816 @var{x} will always be the result of a call to @code{break_out_memory_refs},\n\
2817 and @var{oldx} will be the operand that was given to that function to produce\n\
2818 @var{x}.\n\
2819 \n\
2820 The code of the hook should not alter the substructure of\n\
2821 @var{x}. If it transforms @var{x} into a more legitimate form, it\n\
2822 should return the new @var{x}.\n\
2823 \n\
2824 It is not necessary for this hook to come up with a legitimate address,\n\
2825 with the exception of native TLS addresses (@pxref{Emulated TLS}).\n\
2826 The compiler has standard ways of doing so in all cases. In fact, if\n\
2827 the target supports only emulated TLS, it\n\
2828 is safe to omit this hook or make it return @var{x} if it cannot find\n\
2829 a valid way to legitimize the address. But often a machine-dependent\n\
2830 strategy can generate better code.",
2831 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode),
2832 default_legitimize_address)
2833
2834 /* Given an address RTX, undo the effects of LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS. */
2835 DEFHOOK
2836 (delegitimize_address,
2837 "This hook is used to undo the possibly obfuscating effects of the\n\
2838 @code{LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} and @code{LEGITIMIZE_RELOAD_ADDRESS} target\n\
2839 macros. Some backend implementations of these macros wrap symbol\n\
2840 references inside an @code{UNSPEC} rtx to represent PIC or similar\n\
2841 addressing modes. This target hook allows GCC's optimizers to understand\n\
2842 the semantics of these opaque @code{UNSPEC}s by converting them back\n\
2843 into their original form.",
2844 rtx, (rtx x),
2845 delegitimize_mem_from_attrs)
2846
2847 /* Given an RTX, return true if it is not ok to emit it into debug info
2848 section. */
2849 DEFHOOK
2850 (const_not_ok_for_debug_p,
2851 "This hook should return true if @var{x} should not be emitted into\n\
2852 debug sections.",
2853 bool, (rtx x),
2854 default_const_not_ok_for_debug_p)
2855
2856 /* Given an address RTX, say whether it is valid. */
2857 DEFHOOK
2858 (legitimate_address_p,
2859 "A function that returns whether @var{x} (an RTX) is a legitimate memory\n\
2860 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2861 \n\
2862 Legitimate addresses are defined in two variants: a strict variant and a\n\
2863 non-strict one. The @var{strict} parameter chooses which variant is\n\
2864 desired by the caller.\n\
2865 \n\
2866 The strict variant is used in the reload pass. It must be defined so\n\
2867 that any pseudo-register that has not been allocated a hard register is\n\
2868 considered a memory reference. This is because in contexts where some\n\
2869 kind of register is required, a pseudo-register with no hard register\n\
2870 must be rejected. For non-hard registers, the strict variant should look\n\
2871 up the @code{reg_renumber} array; it should then proceed using the hard\n\
2872 register number in the array, or treat the pseudo as a memory reference\n\
2873 if the array holds @code{-1}.\n\
2874 \n\
2875 The non-strict variant is used in other passes. It must be defined to\n\
2876 accept all pseudo-registers in every context where some kind of\n\
2877 register is required.\n\
2878 \n\
2879 Normally, constant addresses which are the sum of a @code{symbol_ref}\n\
2880 and an integer are stored inside a @code{const} RTX to mark them as\n\
2881 constant. Therefore, there is no need to recognize such sums\n\
2882 specifically as legitimate addresses. Normally you would simply\n\
2883 recognize any @code{const} as legitimate.\n\
2884 \n\
2885 Usually @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS} is not prepared to handle constant\n\
2886 sums that are not marked with @code{const}. It assumes that a naked\n\
2887 @code{plus} indicates indexing. If so, then you @emph{must} reject such\n\
2888 naked constant sums as illegitimate addresses, so that none of them will\n\
2889 be given to @code{PRINT_OPERAND_ADDRESS}.\n\
2890 \n\
2891 @cindex @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} and address validation\n\
2892 On some machines, whether a symbolic address is legitimate depends on\n\
2893 the section that the address refers to. On these machines, define the\n\
2894 target hook @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} to store the information\n\
2895 into the @code{symbol_ref}, and then check for it here. When you see a\n\
2896 @code{const}, you will have to look inside it to find the\n\
2897 @code{symbol_ref} in order to determine the section. @xref{Assembler\n\
2898 Format}.\n\
2899 \n\
2900 @cindex @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS}\n\
2901 Some ports are still using a deprecated legacy substitute for\n\
2902 this hook, the @code{GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS} macro. This macro\n\
2903 has this syntax:\n\
2904 \n\
2905 @example\n\
2906 #define GO_IF_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS (@var{mode}, @var{x}, @var{label})\n\
2907 @end example\n\
2908 \n\
2909 @noindent\n\
2910 and should @code{goto @var{label}} if the address @var{x} is a valid\n\
2911 address on the target machine for a memory operand of mode @var{mode}.\n\
2912 \n\
2913 @findex REG_OK_STRICT\n\
2914 Compiler source files that want to use the strict variant of this\n\
2915 macro define the macro @code{REG_OK_STRICT}. You should use an\n\
2916 @code{#ifdef REG_OK_STRICT} conditional to define the strict variant in\n\
2917 that case and the non-strict variant otherwise.\n\
2918 \n\
2919 Using the hook is usually simpler because it limits the number of\n\
2920 files that are recompiled when changes are made.",
2921 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx x, bool strict),
2922 default_legitimate_address_p)
2923
2924 /* True if the given constant can be put into an object_block. */
2925 DEFHOOK
2926 (use_blocks_for_constant_p,
2927 "This hook should return true if pool entries for constant @var{x} can\n\
2928 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure. @var{mode} is the mode\n\
2929 of @var{x}.\n\
2930 \n\
2931 The default version returns false for all constants.",
2932 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx x),
2933 hook_bool_mode_const_rtx_false)
2934
2935 /* True if the given decl can be put into an object_block. */
2936 DEFHOOK
2937 (use_blocks_for_decl_p,
2938 "This hook should return true if pool entries for @var{decl} should\n\
2939 be placed in an @code{object_block} structure.\n\
2940 \n\
2941 The default version returns true for all decls.",
2942 bool, (const_tree decl),
2943 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
2944
2945 /* The minimum and maximum byte offsets for anchored addresses. */
2946 DEFHOOKPOD
2947 (min_anchor_offset,
2948 "The minimum offset that should be applied to a section anchor.\n\
2949 On most targets, it should be the smallest offset that can be\n\
2950 applied to a base register while still giving a legitimate address\n\
2951 for every mode. The default value is 0.",
2952 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2953
2954 DEFHOOKPOD
2955 (max_anchor_offset,
2956 "Like @code{TARGET_MIN_ANCHOR_OFFSET}, but the maximum (inclusive)\n\
2957 offset that should be applied to section anchors. The default\n\
2958 value is 0.",
2959 HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
2960
2961 /* True if section anchors can be used to access the given symbol. */
2962 DEFHOOK
2963 (use_anchors_for_symbol_p,
2964 "Return true if GCC should attempt to use anchors to access @code{SYMBOL_REF}\n\
2965 @var{x}. You can assume @samp{SYMBOL_REF_HAS_BLOCK_INFO_P (@var{x})} and\n\
2966 @samp{!SYMBOL_REF_ANCHOR_P (@var{x})}.\n\
2967 \n\
2968 The default version is correct for most targets, but you might need to\n\
2969 intercept this hook to handle things like target-specific attributes\n\
2970 or target-specific sections.",
2971 bool, (const_rtx x),
2972 default_use_anchors_for_symbol_p)
2973
2974 /* True if target supports indirect functions. */
2975 DEFHOOK
2976 (has_ifunc_p,
2977 "It returns true if the target supports GNU indirect functions.\n\
2978 The support includes the assembler, linker and dynamic linker.\n\
2979 The default value of this hook is based on target's libc.",
2980 bool, (void),
2981 default_has_ifunc_p)
2982
2983 /* True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified
2984 call expression EXP. DECL will be the called function, or NULL if
2985 this is an indirect call. */
2986 DEFHOOK
2987 (function_ok_for_sibcall,
2988 "True if it is OK to do sibling call optimization for the specified\n\
2989 call expression @var{exp}. @var{decl} will be the called function,\n\
2990 or @code{NULL} if this is an indirect call.\n\
2991 \n\
2992 It is not uncommon for limitations of calling conventions to prevent\n\
2993 tail calls to functions outside the current unit of translation, or\n\
2994 during PIC compilation. The hook is used to enforce these restrictions,\n\
2995 as the @code{sibcall} md pattern can not fail, or fall over to a\n\
2996 ``normal'' call. The criteria for successful sibling call optimization\n\
2997 may vary greatly between different architectures.",
2998 bool, (tree decl, tree exp),
2999 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
3000
3001 /* Establish appropriate back-end context for processing the function
3002 FNDECL. The argument might be NULL to indicate processing at top
3003 level, outside of any function scope. */
3004 DEFHOOK
3005 (set_current_function,
3006 "The compiler invokes this hook whenever it changes its current function\n\
3007 context (@code{cfun}). You can define this function if\n\
3008 the back end needs to perform any initialization or reset actions on a\n\
3009 per-function basis. For example, it may be used to implement function\n\
3010 attributes that affect register usage or code generation patterns.\n\
3011 The argument @var{decl} is the declaration for the new function context,\n\
3012 and may be null to indicate that the compiler has left a function context\n\
3013 and is returning to processing at the top level.\n\
3014 The default hook function does nothing.\n\
3015 \n\
3016 GCC sets @code{cfun} to a dummy function context during initialization of\n\
3017 some parts of the back end. The hook function is not invoked in this\n\
3018 situation; you need not worry about the hook being invoked recursively,\n\
3019 or when the back end is in a partially-initialized state.\n\
3020 @code{cfun} might be @code{NULL} to indicate processing at top level,\n\
3021 outside of any function scope.",
3022 void, (tree decl), hook_void_tree)
3023
3024 /* True if EXP should be placed in a "small data" section. */
3025 DEFHOOK
3026 (in_small_data_p,
3027 "Returns true if @var{exp} should be placed into a ``small data'' section.\n\
3028 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
3029 bool, (const_tree exp),
3030 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
3031
3032 /* True if EXP names an object for which name resolution must resolve
3033 to the current executable or shared library. */
3034 DEFHOOK
3035 (binds_local_p,
3036 "Returns true if @var{exp} names an object for which name resolution\n\
3037 rules must resolve to the current ``module'' (dynamic shared library\n\
3038 or executable image).\n\
3039 \n\
3040 The default version of this hook implements the name resolution rules\n\
3041 for ELF, which has a looser model of global name binding than other\n\
3042 currently supported object file formats.",
3043 bool, (const_tree exp),
3044 default_binds_local_p)
3045
3046 /* Check if profiling code is before or after prologue. */
3047 DEFHOOK
3048 (profile_before_prologue,
3049 "It returns true if target wants profile code emitted before prologue.\n\n\
3050 The default version of this hook use the target macro\n\
3051 @code{PROFILE_BEFORE_PROLOGUE}.",
3052 bool, (void),
3053 default_profile_before_prologue)
3054
3055 /* Return true if a leaf function should stay leaf even with profiling
3056 enabled. */
3057 DEFHOOK
3058 (keep_leaf_when_profiled,
3059 "This target hook returns true if the target wants the leaf flag for\
3060 the current function to stay true even if it calls mcount. This might\
3061 make sense for targets using the leaf flag only to determine whether a\
3062 stack frame needs to be generated or not and for which the call to\
3063 mcount is generated before the function prologue.",
3064 bool, (void),
3065 default_keep_leaf_when_profiled)
3066
3067 /* Modify and return the identifier of a DECL's external name,
3068 originally identified by ID, as required by the target,
3069 (eg, append @nn to windows32 stdcall function names).
3070 The default is to return ID without modification. */
3071 DEFHOOK
3072 (mangle_decl_assembler_name,
3073 "Define this hook if you need to postprocess the assembler name generated\n\
3074 by target-independent code. The @var{id} provided to this hook will be\n\
3075 the computed name (e.g., the macro @code{DECL_NAME} of the @var{decl} in C,\n\
3076 or the mangled name of the @var{decl} in C++). The return value of the\n\
3077 hook is an @code{IDENTIFIER_NODE} for the appropriate mangled name on\n\
3078 your target system. The default implementation of this hook just\n\
3079 returns the @var{id} provided.",
3080 tree, (tree decl, tree id),
3081 default_mangle_decl_assembler_name)
3082
3083 /* Do something target-specific to record properties of the DECL into
3084 the associated SYMBOL_REF. */
3085 DEFHOOK
3086 (encode_section_info,
3087 "Define this hook if references to a symbol or a constant must be\n\
3088 treated differently depending on something about the variable or\n\
3089 function named by the symbol (such as what section it is in).\n\
3090 \n\
3091 The hook is executed immediately after rtl has been created for\n\
3092 @var{decl}, which may be a variable or function declaration or\n\
3093 an entry in the constant pool. In either case, @var{rtl} is the\n\
3094 rtl in question. Do @emph{not} use @code{DECL_RTL (@var{decl})}\n\
3095 in this hook; that field may not have been initialized yet.\n\
3096 \n\
3097 In the case of a constant, it is safe to assume that the rtl is\n\
3098 a @code{mem} whose address is a @code{symbol_ref}. Most decls\n\
3099 will also have this form, but that is not guaranteed. Global\n\
3100 register variables, for instance, will have a @code{reg} for their\n\
3101 rtl. (Normally the right thing to do with such unusual rtl is\n\
3102 leave it alone.)\n\
3103 \n\
3104 The @var{new_decl_p} argument will be true if this is the first time\n\
3105 that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO} has been invoked on this decl. It will\n\
3106 be false for subsequent invocations, which will happen for duplicate\n\
3107 declarations. Whether or not anything must be done for the duplicate\n\
3108 declaration depends on whether the hook examines @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES}.\n\
3109 @var{new_decl_p} is always true when the hook is called for a constant.\n\
3110 \n\
3111 @cindex @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG}, in @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3112 The usual thing for this hook to do is to record flags in the\n\
3113 @code{symbol_ref}, using @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAG} or @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3114 Historically, the name string was modified if it was necessary to\n\
3115 encode more than one bit of information, but this practice is now\n\
3116 discouraged; use @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}.\n\
3117 \n\
3118 The default definition of this hook, @code{default_encode_section_info}\n\
3119 in @file{varasm.c}, sets a number of commonly-useful bits in\n\
3120 @code{SYMBOL_REF_FLAGS}. Check whether the default does what you need\n\
3121 before overriding it.",
3122 void, (tree decl, rtx rtl, int new_decl_p),
3123 default_encode_section_info)
3124
3125 /* Undo the effects of encode_section_info on the symbol string. */
3126 DEFHOOK
3127 (strip_name_encoding,
3128 "Decode @var{name} and return the real name part, sans\n\
3129 the characters that @code{TARGET_ENCODE_SECTION_INFO}\n\
3130 may have added.",
3131 const char *, (const char *name),
3132 default_strip_name_encoding)
3133
3134 /* If shift optabs for MODE are known to always truncate the shift count,
3135 return the mask that they apply. Return 0 otherwise. */
3136 DEFHOOK
3137 (shift_truncation_mask,
3138 "This function describes how the standard shift patterns for @var{mode}\n\
3139 deal with shifts by negative amounts or by more than the width of the mode.\n\
3140 @xref{shift patterns}.\n\
3141 \n\
3142 On many machines, the shift patterns will apply a mask @var{m} to the\n\
3143 shift count, meaning that a fixed-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y} is\n\
3144 equivalent to an arbitrary-width shift of @var{x} by @var{y & m}. If\n\
3145 this is true for mode @var{mode}, the function should return @var{m},\n\
3146 otherwise it should return 0. A return value of 0 indicates that no\n\
3147 particular behavior is guaranteed.\n\
3148 \n\
3149 Note that, unlike @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}, this function does\n\
3150 @emph{not} apply to general shift rtxes; it applies only to instructions\n\
3151 that are generated by the named shift patterns.\n\
3152 \n\
3153 The default implementation of this function returns\n\
3154 @code{GET_MODE_BITSIZE (@var{mode}) - 1} if @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED}\n\
3155 and 0 otherwise. This definition is always safe, but if\n\
3156 @code{SHIFT_COUNT_TRUNCATED} is false, and some shift patterns\n\
3157 nevertheless truncate the shift count, you may get better code\n\
3158 by overriding it.",
3159 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3160 default_shift_truncation_mask)
3161
3162 /* Return the number of divisions in the given MODE that should be present,
3163 so that it is profitable to turn the division into a multiplication by
3164 the reciprocal. */
3165 DEFHOOK
3166 (min_divisions_for_recip_mul,
3167 "When @option{-ffast-math} is in effect, GCC tries to optimize\n\
3168 divisions by the same divisor, by turning them into multiplications by\n\
3169 the reciprocal. This target hook specifies the minimum number of divisions\n\
3170 that should be there for GCC to perform the optimization for a variable\n\
3171 of mode @var{mode}. The default implementation returns 3 if the machine\n\
3172 has an instruction for the division, and 2 if it does not.",
3173 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
3174 default_min_divisions_for_recip_mul)
3175
3176 DEFHOOK
3177 (truly_noop_truncation,
3178 "This hook returns true if it is safe to ``convert'' a value of\n\
3179 @var{inprec} bits to one of @var{outprec} bits (where @var{outprec} is\n\
3180 smaller than @var{inprec}) by merely operating on it as if it had only\n\
3181 @var{outprec} bits. The default returns true unconditionally, which\n\
3182 is correct for most machines.\n\
3183 \n\
3184 If @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P} returns false for a pair of modes,\n\
3185 suboptimal code can result if this hook returns true for the corresponding\n\
3186 mode sizes. Making this hook return false in such cases may improve things.",
3187 bool, (poly_uint64 outprec, poly_uint64 inprec),
3188 hook_bool_puint64_puint64_true)
3189
3190 /* If the representation of integral MODE is such that values are
3191 always sign-extended to a wider mode MODE_REP then return
3192 SIGN_EXTEND. Return UNKNOWN otherwise. */
3193 /* Note that the return type ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's not
3194 necessarily defined at this point. */
3195 DEFHOOK
3196 (mode_rep_extended,
3197 "The representation of an integral mode can be such that the values\n\
3198 are always extended to a wider integral mode. Return\n\
3199 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} if values of @var{mode} are represented in\n\
3200 sign-extended form to @var{rep_mode}. Return @code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3201 otherwise. (Currently, none of the targets use zero-extended\n\
3202 representation this way so unlike @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP},\n\
3203 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} is expected to return either\n\
3204 @code{SIGN_EXTEND} or @code{UNKNOWN}. Also no target extends\n\
3205 @var{mode} to @var{rep_mode} so that @var{rep_mode} is not the next\n\
3206 widest integral mode and currently we take advantage of this fact.)\n\
3207 \n\
3208 Similarly to @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP} you may return a non-@code{UNKNOWN}\n\
3209 value even if the extension is not performed on certain hard registers\n\
3210 as long as for the @code{REGNO_REG_CLASS} of these hard registers\n\
3211 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} returns false.\n\
3212 \n\
3213 Note that @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED} and @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP}\n\
3214 describe two related properties. If you define\n\
3215 @code{TARGET_MODE_REP_EXTENDED (mode, word_mode)} you probably also want\n\
3216 to define @code{LOAD_EXTEND_OP (mode)} to return the same type of\n\
3217 extension.\n\
3218 \n\
3219 In order to enforce the representation of @code{mode},\n\
3220 @code{TARGET_TRULY_NOOP_TRUNCATION} should return false when truncating to\n\
3221 @code{mode}.",
3222 int, (scalar_int_mode mode, scalar_int_mode rep_mode),
3223 default_mode_rep_extended)
3224
3225 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE"))). */
3226 DEFHOOK
3227 (valid_pointer_mode,
3228 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3229 with machine mode @var{mode}. The default version of this\n\
3230 hook returns true for both @code{ptr_mode} and @code{Pmode}.",
3231 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode),
3232 default_valid_pointer_mode)
3233
3234 /* Disambiguate with errno. */
3235 DEFHOOK
3236 (ref_may_alias_errno,
3237 "Define this to return nonzero if the memory reference @var{ref}\
3238 may alias with the system C library errno location. The default\
3239 version of this hook assumes the system C library errno location\
3240 is either a declaration of type int or accessed by dereferencing\
3241 a pointer to int.",
3242 bool, (struct ao_ref *ref),
3243 default_ref_may_alias_errno)
3244
3245 /* Support for named address spaces. */
3246 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3247 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_"
3248 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_HOOKS, addr_space)
3249
3250 /* MODE to use for a pointer into another address space. */
3251 DEFHOOK
3252 (pointer_mode,
3253 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for pointers to\n\
3254 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3255 The default version of this hook returns @code{ptr_mode}.",
3256 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3257 default_addr_space_pointer_mode)
3258
3259 /* MODE to use for an address in another address space. */
3260 DEFHOOK
3261 (address_mode,
3262 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for addresses in\n\
3263 @var{address_space} if the target supports named address spaces.\n\
3264 The default version of this hook returns @code{Pmode}.",
3265 scalar_int_mode, (addr_space_t address_space),
3266 default_addr_space_address_mode)
3267
3268 /* True if MODE is valid for a pointer in __attribute__((mode("MODE")))
3269 in another address space. */
3270 DEFHOOK
3271 (valid_pointer_mode,
3272 "Define this to return nonzero if the port can handle pointers\n\
3273 with machine mode @var{mode} to address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3274 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_VALID_POINTER_MODE} target hook,\n\
3275 except that it includes explicit named address space support. The default\n\
3276 version of this hook returns true for the modes returned by either the\n\
3277 @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_POINTER_MODE} or @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_ADDRESS_MODE}\n\
3278 target hooks for the given address space.",
3279 bool, (scalar_int_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3280 default_addr_space_valid_pointer_mode)
3281
3282 /* True if an address is a valid memory address to a given named address
3283 space for a given mode. */
3284 DEFHOOK
3285 (legitimate_address_p,
3286 "Define this to return true if @var{exp} is a valid address for mode\n\
3287 @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. The @var{strict}\n\
3288 parameter says whether strict addressing is in effect after reload has\n\
3289 finished. This target hook is the same as the\n\
3290 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_ADDRESS_P} target hook, except that it includes\n\
3291 explicit named address space support.",
3292 bool, (machine_mode mode, rtx exp, bool strict, addr_space_t as),
3293 default_addr_space_legitimate_address_p)
3294
3295 /* Return an updated address to convert an invalid pointer to a named
3296 address space to a valid one. If NULL_RTX is returned use machine
3297 independent methods to make the address valid. */
3298 DEFHOOK
3299 (legitimize_address,
3300 "Define this to modify an invalid address @var{x} to be a valid address\n\
3301 with mode @var{mode} in the named address space @var{as}. This target\n\
3302 hook is the same as the @code{TARGET_LEGITIMIZE_ADDRESS} target hook,\n\
3303 except that it includes explicit named address space support.",
3304 rtx, (rtx x, rtx oldx, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as),
3305 default_addr_space_legitimize_address)
3306
3307 /* True if one named address space is a subset of another named address. */
3308 DEFHOOK
3309 (subset_p,
3310 "Define this to return whether the @var{subset} named address space is\n\
3311 contained within the @var{superset} named address space. Pointers to\n\
3312 a named address space that is a subset of another named address space\n\
3313 will be converted automatically without a cast if used together in\n\
3314 arithmetic operations. Pointers to a superset address space can be\n\
3315 converted to pointers to a subset address space via explicit casts.",
3316 bool, (addr_space_t subset, addr_space_t superset),
3317 default_addr_space_subset_p)
3318
3319 /* True if 0 is a valid address in the address space, or false if
3320 0 is a NULL in the address space. */
3321 DEFHOOK
3322 (zero_address_valid,
3323 "Define this to modify the default handling of address 0 for the\n\
3324 address space. Return true if 0 should be considered a valid address.",
3325 bool, (addr_space_t as),
3326 default_addr_space_zero_address_valid)
3327
3328 /* Function to convert an rtl expression from one address space to another. */
3329 DEFHOOK
3330 (convert,
3331 "Define this to convert the pointer expression represented by the RTL\n\
3332 @var{op} with type @var{from_type} that points to a named address\n\
3333 space to a new pointer expression with type @var{to_type} that points\n\
3334 to a different named address space. When this hook it called, it is\n\
3335 guaranteed that one of the two address spaces is a subset of the other,\n\
3336 as determined by the @code{TARGET_ADDR_SPACE_SUBSET_P} target hook.",
3337 rtx, (rtx op, tree from_type, tree to_type),
3338 default_addr_space_convert)
3339
3340 /* Function to encode an address space into dwarf. */
3341 DEFHOOK
3342 (debug,
3343 "Define this to define how the address space is encoded in dwarf.\n\
3344 The result is the value to be used with @code{DW_AT_address_class}.",
3345 int, (addr_space_t as),
3346 default_addr_space_debug)
3347
3348 /* Function to emit custom diagnostic if an address space is used. */
3349 DEFHOOK
3350 (diagnose_usage,
3351 "Define this hook if the availability of an address space depends on\n\
3352 command line options and some diagnostics should be printed when the\n\
3353 address space is used. This hook is called during parsing and allows\n\
3354 to emit a better diagnostic compared to the case where the address space\n\
3355 was not registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}. @var{as} is\n\
3356 the address space as registered with @code{c_register_addr_space}.\n\
3357 @var{loc} is the location of the address space qualifier token.\n\
3358 The default implementation does nothing.",
3359 void, (addr_space_t as, location_t loc),
3360 default_addr_space_diagnose_usage)
3361
3362 HOOK_VECTOR_END (addr_space)
3363
3364 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
3365 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
3366
3367 DEFHOOK
3368 (static_rtx_alignment,
3369 "This hook returns the preferred alignment in bits for a\n\
3370 statically-allocated rtx, such as a constant pool entry. @var{mode}\n\
3371 is the mode of the rtx. The default implementation returns\n\
3372 @samp{GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.",
3373 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode),
3374 default_static_rtx_alignment)
3375
3376 DEFHOOK
3377 (constant_alignment,
3378 "This hook returns the alignment in bits of a constant that is being\n\
3379 placed in memory. @var{constant} is the constant and @var{basic_align}\n\
3380 is the alignment that the object would ordinarily have.\n\
3381 \n\
3382 The default definition just returns @var{basic_align}.\n\
3383 \n\
3384 The typical use of this hook is to increase alignment for string\n\
3385 constants to be word aligned so that @code{strcpy} calls that copy\n\
3386 constants can be done inline. The function\n\
3387 @code{constant_alignment_word_strings} provides such a definition.",
3388 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree constant, HOST_WIDE_INT basic_align),
3389 default_constant_alignment)
3390
3391 /* True if MODE is valid for the target. By "valid", we mean able to
3392 be manipulated in non-trivial ways. In particular, this means all
3393 the arithmetic is supported. */
3394 DEFHOOK
3395 (scalar_mode_supported_p,
3396 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3397 insns involving scalar mode @var{mode}. For a scalar mode to be\n\
3398 considered supported, all the basic arithmetic and comparisons\n\
3399 must work.\n\
3400 \n\
3401 The default version of this hook returns true for any mode\n\
3402 required to handle the basic C types (as defined by the port).\n\
3403 Included here are the double-word arithmetic supported by the\n\
3404 code in @file{optabs.c}.",
3405 bool, (scalar_mode mode),
3406 default_scalar_mode_supported_p)
3407
3408 /* Similarly for vector modes. "Supported" here is less strict. At
3409 least some operations are supported; need to check optabs or builtins
3410 for further details. */
3411 DEFHOOK
3412 (vector_mode_supported_p,
3413 "Define this to return nonzero if the port is prepared to handle\n\
3414 insns involving vector mode @var{mode}. At the very least, it\n\
3415 must have move patterns for this mode.",
3416 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3417 hook_bool_mode_false)
3418
3419 DEFHOOK
3420 (vector_alignment,
3421 "This hook can be used to define the alignment for a vector of type\n\
3422 @var{type}, in order to comply with a platform ABI. The default is to\n\
3423 require natural alignment for vector types. The alignment returned by\n\
3424 this hook must be a power-of-two multiple of the default alignment of\n\
3425 the vector element type.",
3426 HOST_WIDE_INT, (const_tree type),
3427 default_vector_alignment)
3428
3429 DEFHOOK
3430 (array_mode,
3431 "Return the mode that GCC should use for an array that has\n\
3432 @var{nelems} elements, with each element having mode @var{mode}.\n\
3433 Return no mode if the target has no special requirements. In the\n\
3434 latter case, GCC looks for an integer mode of the appropriate size\n\
3435 if available and uses BLKmode otherwise. Usually the search for the\n\
3436 integer mode is limited to @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE_SIZE}, but the\n\
3437 @code{TARGET_ARRAY_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} hook allows a larger mode to be\n\
3438 used in specific cases.\n\
3439 \n\
3440 The main use of this hook is to specify that an array of vectors should\n\
3441 also have a vector mode. The default implementation returns no mode.",
3442 opt_machine_mode, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3443 hook_optmode_mode_uhwi_none)
3444
3445 /* True if we should try to use a scalar mode to represent an array,
3446 overriding the usual MAX_FIXED_MODE limit. */
3447 DEFHOOK
3448 (array_mode_supported_p,
3449 "Return true if GCC should try to use a scalar mode to store an array\n\
3450 of @var{nelems} elements, given that each element has mode @var{mode}.\n\
3451 Returning true here overrides the usual @code{MAX_FIXED_MODE} limit\n\
3452 and allows GCC to use any defined integer mode.\n\
3453 \n\
3454 One use of this hook is to support vector load and store operations\n\
3455 that operate on several homogeneous vectors. For example, ARM NEON\n\
3456 has operations like:\n\
3457 \n\
3458 @smallexample\n\
3459 int8x8x3_t vld3_s8 (const int8_t *)\n\
3460 @end smallexample\n\
3461 \n\
3462 where the return type is defined as:\n\
3463 \n\
3464 @smallexample\n\
3465 typedef struct int8x8x3_t\n\
3466 @{\n\
3467 int8x8_t val[3];\n\
3468 @} int8x8x3_t;\n\
3469 @end smallexample\n\
3470 \n\
3471 If this hook allows @code{val} to have a scalar mode, then\n\
3472 @code{int8x8x3_t} can have the same mode. GCC can then store\n\
3473 @code{int8x8x3_t}s in registers rather than forcing them onto the stack.",
3474 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT nelems),
3475 hook_bool_mode_uhwi_false)
3476
3477 DEFHOOK
3478 (libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p,
3479 "Define this to return nonzero if libgcc provides support for the \n\
3480 floating-point mode @var{mode}, which is known to pass \n\
3481 @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}. The default version of this \n\
3482 hook returns true for all of @code{SFmode}, @code{DFmode}, \n\
3483 @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode}, if such modes exist.",
3484 bool, (scalar_float_mode mode),
3485 default_libgcc_floating_mode_supported_p)
3486
3487 DEFHOOK
3488 (floatn_mode,
3489 "Define this to return the machine mode to use for the type \n\
3490 @code{_Float@var{n}}, if @var{extended} is false, or the type \n\
3491 @code{_Float@var{n}x}, if @var{extended} is true. If such a type is not\n\
3492 supported, return @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The default version of\n\
3493 this hook returns @code{SFmode} for @code{_Float32}, @code{DFmode} for\n\
3494 @code{_Float64} and @code{_Float32x} and @code{TFmode} for \n\
3495 @code{_Float128}, if those modes exist and satisfy the requirements for \n\
3496 those types and pass @code{TARGET_SCALAR_MODE_SUPPORTED_P} and \n\
3497 @code{TARGET_LIBGCC_FLOATING_MODE_SUPPORTED_P}; for @code{_Float64x}, it \n\
3498 returns the first of @code{XFmode} and @code{TFmode} that exists and \n\
3499 satisfies the same requirements; for other types, it returns \n\
3500 @code{opt_scalar_float_mode ()}. The hook is only called for values\n\
3501 of @var{n} and @var{extended} that are valid according to\n\
3502 ISO/IEC TS 18661-3:2015; that is, @var{n} is one of 32, 64, 128, or,\n\
3503 if @var{extended} is false, 16 or greater than 128 and a multiple of 32.",
3504 opt_scalar_float_mode, (int n, bool extended),
3505 default_floatn_mode)
3506
3507 DEFHOOK
3508 (floatn_builtin_p,
3509 "Define this to return true if the @code{_Float@var{n}} and\n\
3510 @code{_Float@var{n}x} built-in functions should implicitly enable the\n\
3511 built-in function without the @code{__builtin_} prefix in addition to the\n\
3512 normal built-in function with the @code{__builtin_} prefix. The default is\n\
3513 to only enable built-in functions without the @code{__builtin_} prefix for\n\
3514 the GNU C langauge. In strict ANSI/ISO mode, the built-in function without\n\
3515 the @code{__builtin_} prefix is not enabled. The argument @code{FUNC} is the\n\
3516 @code{enum built_in_function} id of the function to be enabled.",
3517 bool, (int func),
3518 default_floatn_builtin_p)
3519
3520 /* Compute cost of moving data from a register of class FROM to one of
3521 TO, using MODE. */
3522 DEFHOOK
3523 (register_move_cost,
3524 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3525 from a register in class @var{from} to one in class @var{to}. The classes\n\
3526 are expressed using the enumeration values such as @code{GENERAL_REGS}.\n\
3527 A value of 2 is the default; other values are interpreted relative to\n\
3528 that.\n\
3529 \n\
3530 It is not required that the cost always equal 2 when @var{from} is the\n\
3531 same as @var{to}; on some machines it is expensive to move between\n\
3532 registers if they are not general registers.\n\
3533 \n\
3534 If reload sees an insn consisting of a single @code{set} between two\n\
3535 hard registers, and if @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST} applied to their\n\
3536 classes returns a value of 2, reload does not check to ensure that the\n\
3537 constraints of the insn are met. Setting a cost of other than 2 will\n\
3538 allow reload to verify that the constraints are met. You should do this\n\
3539 if the @samp{mov@var{m}} pattern's constraints do not allow such copying.\n\
3540 \n\
3541 The default version of this function returns 2.",
3542 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t from, reg_class_t to),
3543 default_register_move_cost)
3544
3545 /* Compute cost of moving registers to/from memory. */
3546 /* ??? Documenting the argument types for this hook requires a GFDL
3547 license grant. Also, the documentation uses a different name for RCLASS. */
3548 DEFHOOK
3549 (memory_move_cost,
3550 "This target hook should return the cost of moving data of mode @var{mode}\n\
3551 between a register of class @var{rclass} and memory; @var{in} is @code{false}\n\
3552 if the value is to be written to memory, @code{true} if it is to be read in.\n\
3553 This cost is relative to those in @code{TARGET_REGISTER_MOVE_COST}.\n\
3554 If moving between registers and memory is more expensive than between two\n\
3555 registers, you should add this target hook to express the relative cost.\n\
3556 \n\
3557 If you do not add this target hook, GCC uses a default cost of 4 plus\n\
3558 the cost of copying via a secondary reload register, if one is\n\
3559 needed. If your machine requires a secondary reload register to copy\n\
3560 between memory and a register of @var{rclass} but the reload mechanism is\n\
3561 more complex than copying via an intermediate, use this target hook to\n\
3562 reflect the actual cost of the move.\n\
3563 \n\
3564 GCC defines the function @code{memory_move_secondary_cost} if\n\
3565 secondary reloads are needed. It computes the costs due to copying via\n\
3566 a secondary register. If your machine copies from memory using a\n\
3567 secondary register in the conventional way but the default base value of\n\
3568 4 is not correct for your machine, use this target hook to add some other\n\
3569 value to the result of that function. The arguments to that function\n\
3570 are the same as to this target hook.",
3571 int, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t rclass, bool in),
3572 default_memory_move_cost)
3573
3574 DEFHOOK
3575 (use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p,
3576 "GCC will attempt several strategies when asked to copy between\n\
3577 two areas of memory, or to set, clear or store to memory, for example\n\
3578 when copying a @code{struct}. The @code{by_pieces} infrastructure\n\
3579 implements such memory operations as a sequence of load, store or move\n\
3580 insns. Alternate strategies are to expand the\n\
3581 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} optabs, to emit a library call, or to emit\n\
3582 unit-by-unit, loop-based operations.\n\
3583 \n\
3584 This target hook should return true if, for a memory operation with a\n\
3585 given @var{size} and @var{alignment}, using the @code{by_pieces}\n\
3586 infrastructure is expected to result in better code generation.\n\
3587 Both @var{size} and @var{alignment} are measured in terms of storage\n\
3588 units.\n\
3589 \n\
3590 The parameter @var{op} is one of: @code{CLEAR_BY_PIECES},\n\
3591 @code{MOVE_BY_PIECES}, @code{SET_BY_PIECES}, @code{STORE_BY_PIECES} or\n\
3592 @code{COMPARE_BY_PIECES}. These describe the type of memory operation\n\
3593 under consideration.\n\
3594 \n\
3595 The parameter @var{speed_p} is true if the code is currently being\n\
3596 optimized for speed rather than size.\n\
3597 \n\
3598 Returning true for higher values of @var{size} can improve code generation\n\
3599 for speed if the target does not provide an implementation of the\n\
3600 @code{movmem} or @code{setmem} standard names, if the @code{movmem} or\n\
3601 @code{setmem} implementation would be more expensive than a sequence of\n\
3602 insns, or if the overhead of a library call would dominate that of\n\
3603 the body of the memory operation.\n\
3604 \n\
3605 Returning true for higher values of @code{size} may also cause an increase\n\
3606 in code size, for example where the number of insns emitted to perform a\n\
3607 move would be greater than that of a library call.",
3608 bool, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT size, unsigned int alignment,
3609 enum by_pieces_operation op, bool speed_p),
3610 default_use_by_pieces_infrastructure_p)
3611
3612 DEFHOOK
3613 (compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio,
3614 "When expanding a block comparison in MODE, gcc can try to reduce the\n\
3615 number of branches at the expense of more memory operations. This hook\n\
3616 allows the target to override the default choice. It should return the\n\
3617 factor by which branches should be reduced over the plain expansion with\n\
3618 one comparison per @var{mode}-sized piece. A port can also prevent a\n\
3619 particular mode from being used for block comparisons by returning a\n\
3620 negative number from this hook.",
3621 int, (machine_mode mode),
3622 default_compare_by_pieces_branch_ratio)
3623
3624 DEFHOOK
3625 (slow_unaligned_access,
3626 "This hook returns true if memory accesses described by the\n\
3627 @var{mode} and @var{alignment} parameters have a cost many times greater\n\
3628 than aligned accesses, for example if they are emulated in a trap handler.\n\
3629 This hook is invoked only for unaligned accesses, i.e. when\n\
3630 @code{@var{alignment} < GET_MODE_ALIGNMENT (@var{mode})}.\n\
3631 \n\
3632 When this hook returns true, the compiler will act as if\n\
3633 @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} were true when generating code for block\n\
3634 moves. This can cause significantly more instructions to be produced.\n\
3635 Therefore, do not make this hook return true if unaligned accesses only\n\
3636 add a cycle or two to the time for a memory access.\n\
3637 \n\
3638 The hook must return true whenever @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT} is true.\n\
3639 The default implementation returns @code{STRICT_ALIGNMENT}.",
3640 bool, (machine_mode mode, unsigned int align),
3641 default_slow_unaligned_access)
3642
3643 DEFHOOK
3644 (optab_supported_p,
3645 "Return true if the optimizers should use optab @var{op} with\n\
3646 modes @var{mode1} and @var{mode2} for optimization type @var{opt_type}.\n\
3647 The optab is known to have an associated @file{.md} instruction\n\
3648 whose C condition is true. @var{mode2} is only meaningful for conversion\n\
3649 optabs; for direct optabs it is a copy of @var{mode1}.\n\
3650 \n\
3651 For example, when called with @var{op} equal to @code{rint_optab} and\n\
3652 @var{mode1} equal to @code{DFmode}, the hook should say whether the\n\
3653 optimizers should use optab @code{rintdf2}.\n\
3654 \n\
3655 The default hook returns true for all inputs.",
3656 bool, (int op, machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2,
3657 optimization_type opt_type),
3658 default_optab_supported_p)
3659
3660 /* True for MODE if the target expects that registers in this mode will
3661 be allocated to registers in a small register class. The compiler is
3662 allowed to use registers explicitly used in the rtl as spill registers
3663 but it should prevent extending the lifetime of these registers. */
3664 DEFHOOK
3665 (small_register_classes_for_mode_p,
3666 "Define this to return nonzero for machine modes for which the port has\n\
3667 small register classes. If this target hook returns nonzero for a given\n\
3668 @var{mode}, the compiler will try to minimize the lifetime of registers\n\
3669 in @var{mode}. The hook may be called with @code{VOIDmode} as argument.\n\
3670 In this case, the hook is expected to return nonzero if it returns nonzero\n\
3671 for any mode.\n\
3672 \n\
3673 On some machines, it is risky to let hard registers live across arbitrary\n\
3674 insns. Typically, these machines have instructions that require values\n\
3675 to be in specific registers (like an accumulator), and reload will fail\n\
3676 if the required hard register is used for another purpose across such an\n\
3677 insn.\n\
3678 \n\
3679 Passes before reload do not know which hard registers will be used\n\
3680 in an instruction, but the machine modes of the registers set or used in\n\
3681 the instruction are already known. And for some machines, register\n\
3682 classes are small for, say, integer registers but not for floating point\n\
3683 registers. For example, the AMD x86-64 architecture requires specific\n\
3684 registers for the legacy x86 integer instructions, but there are many\n\
3685 SSE registers for floating point operations. On such targets, a good\n\
3686 strategy may be to return nonzero from this hook for @code{INTEGRAL_MODE_P}\n\
3687 machine modes but zero for the SSE register classes.\n\
3688 \n\
3689 The default version of this hook returns false for any mode. It is always\n\
3690 safe to redefine this hook to return with a nonzero value. But if you\n\
3691 unnecessarily define it, you will reduce the amount of optimizations\n\
3692 that can be performed in some cases. If you do not define this hook\n\
3693 to return a nonzero value when it is required, the compiler will run out\n\
3694 of spill registers and print a fatal error message.",
3695 bool, (machine_mode mode),
3696 hook_bool_mode_false)
3697
3698 /* Register number for a flags register. Only needs to be defined if the
3699 target is constrainted to use post-reload comparison elimination. */
3700 DEFHOOKPOD
3701 (flags_regnum,
3702 "If the target has a dedicated flags register, and it needs to use the\
3703 post-reload comparison elimination pass, then this value should be set\
3704 appropriately.",
3705 unsigned int, INVALID_REGNUM)
3706
3707 /* Compute a (partial) cost for rtx X. Return true if the complete
3708 cost has been computed, and false if subexpressions should be
3709 scanned. In either case, *TOTAL contains the cost result. */
3710 /* Note that OUTER_CODE ought to be RTX_CODE, but that's
3711 not necessarily defined at this point. */
3712 DEFHOOK
3713 (rtx_costs,
3714 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL expressions.\n\
3715 \n\
3716 The cost may depend on the precise form of the expression, which is\n\
3717 available for examination in @var{x}, and the fact that @var{x} appears\n\
3718 as operand @var{opno} of an expression with rtx code @var{outer_code}.\n\
3719 That is, the hook can assume that there is some rtx @var{y} such\n\
3720 that @samp{GET_CODE (@var{y}) == @var{outer_code}} and such that\n\
3721 either (a) @samp{XEXP (@var{y}, @var{opno}) == @var{x}} or\n\
3722 (b) @samp{XVEC (@var{y}, @var{opno})} contains @var{x}.\n\
3723 \n\
3724 @var{mode} is @var{x}'s machine mode, or for cases like @code{const_int} that\n\
3725 do not have a mode, the mode in which @var{x} is used.\n\
3726 \n\
3727 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3728 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3729 instructions.\n\
3730 \n\
3731 On entry to the hook, @code{*@var{total}} contains a default estimate\n\
3732 for the cost of the expression. The hook should modify this value as\n\
3733 necessary. Traditionally, the default costs are @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (5)}\n\
3734 for multiplications, @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (7)} for division and modulus\n\
3735 operations, and @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (1)} for all other operations.\n\
3736 \n\
3737 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3738 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3739 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.\n\
3740 \n\
3741 The hook returns true when all subexpressions of @var{x} have been\n\
3742 processed, and false when @code{rtx_cost} should recurse.",
3743 bool, (rtx x, machine_mode mode, int outer_code, int opno, int *total, bool speed),
3744 hook_bool_rtx_mode_int_int_intp_bool_false)
3745
3746 /* Compute the cost of X, used as an address. Never called with
3747 invalid addresses. */
3748 DEFHOOK
3749 (address_cost,
3750 "This hook computes the cost of an addressing mode that contains\n\
3751 @var{address}. If not defined, the cost is computed from\n\
3752 the @var{address} expression and the @code{TARGET_RTX_COST} hook.\n\
3753 \n\
3754 For most CISC machines, the default cost is a good approximation of the\n\
3755 true cost of the addressing mode. However, on RISC machines, all\n\
3756 instructions normally have the same length and execution time. Hence\n\
3757 all addresses will have equal costs.\n\
3758 \n\
3759 In cases where more than one form of an address is known, the form with\n\
3760 the lowest cost will be used. If multiple forms have the same, lowest,\n\
3761 cost, the one that is the most complex will be used.\n\
3762 \n\
3763 For example, suppose an address that is equal to the sum of a register\n\
3764 and a constant is used twice in the same basic block. When this macro\n\
3765 is not defined, the address will be computed in a register and memory\n\
3766 references will be indirect through that register. On machines where\n\
3767 the cost of the addressing mode containing the sum is no higher than\n\
3768 that of a simple indirect reference, this will produce an additional\n\
3769 instruction and possibly require an additional register. Proper\n\
3770 specification of this macro eliminates this overhead for such machines.\n\
3771 \n\
3772 This hook is never called with an invalid address.\n\
3773 \n\
3774 On machines where an address involving more than one register is as\n\
3775 cheap as an address computation involving only one register, defining\n\
3776 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} to reflect this can cause two registers to\n\
3777 be live over a region of code where only one would have been if\n\
3778 @code{TARGET_ADDRESS_COST} were not defined in that manner. This effect\n\
3779 should be considered in the definition of this macro. Equivalent costs\n\
3780 should probably only be given to addresses with different numbers of\n\
3781 registers on machines with lots of registers.",
3782 int, (rtx address, machine_mode mode, addr_space_t as, bool speed),
3783 default_address_cost)
3784
3785 /* Compute a cost for INSN. */
3786 DEFHOOK
3787 (insn_cost,
3788 "This target hook describes the relative costs of RTL instructions.\n\
3789 \n\
3790 In implementing this hook, you can use the construct\n\
3791 @code{COSTS_N_INSNS (@var{n})} to specify a cost equal to @var{n} fast\n\
3792 instructions.\n\
3793 \n\
3794 When optimizing for code size, i.e.@: when @code{speed} is\n\
3795 false, this target hook should be used to estimate the relative\n\
3796 size cost of an expression, again relative to @code{COSTS_N_INSNS}.",
3797 int, (rtx_insn *insn, bool speed), NULL)
3798
3799 /* Give a cost, in RTX Costs units, for an edge. Like BRANCH_COST, but with
3800 well defined units. */
3801 DEFHOOK
3802 (max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost,
3803 "This hook returns a value in the same units as @code{TARGET_RTX_COSTS},\n\
3804 giving the maximum acceptable cost for a sequence generated by the RTL\n\
3805 if-conversion pass when conditional execution is not available.\n\
3806 The RTL if-conversion pass attempts to convert conditional operations\n\
3807 that would require a branch to a series of unconditional operations and\n\
3808 @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns. This hook returns the maximum cost of the\n\
3809 unconditional instructions and the @code{mov@var{mode}cc} insns.\n\
3810 RTL if-conversion is cancelled if the cost of the converted sequence\n\
3811 is greater than the value returned by this hook.\n\
3812 \n\
3813 @code{e} is the edge between the basic block containing the conditional\n\
3814 branch to the basic block which would be executed if the condition\n\
3815 were true.\n\
3816 \n\
3817 The default implementation of this hook uses the\n\
3818 @code{max-rtl-if-conversion-[un]predictable} parameters if they are set,\n\
3819 and uses a multiple of @code{BRANCH_COST} otherwise.",
3820 unsigned int, (edge e),
3821 default_max_noce_ifcvt_seq_cost)
3822
3823 /* Return true if the given instruction sequence is a good candidate
3824 as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence. */
3825 DEFHOOK
3826 (noce_conversion_profitable_p,
3827 "This hook returns true if the instruction sequence @code{seq} is a good\n\
3828 candidate as a replacement for the if-convertible sequence described in\n\
3829 @code{if_info}.",
3830 bool, (rtx_insn *seq, struct noce_if_info *if_info),
3831 default_noce_conversion_profitable_p)
3832
3833 DEFHOOK
3834 (estimated_poly_value,
3835 "Return an estimate of the runtime value of @var{val}, for use in\n\
3836 things like cost calculations or profiling frequencies. The default\n\
3837 implementation returns the lowest possible value of @var{val}.",
3838 HOST_WIDE_INT, (poly_int64 val),
3839 default_estimated_poly_value)
3840
3841 /* Permit speculative instructions in delay slots during delayed-branch
3842 scheduling. */
3843 DEFHOOK
3844 (no_speculation_in_delay_slots_p,
3845 "This predicate controls the use of the eager delay slot filler to disallow\n\
3846 speculatively executed instructions being placed in delay slots. Targets\n\
3847 such as certain MIPS architectures possess both branches with and without\n\
3848 delay slots. As the eager delay slot filler can decrease performance,\n\
3849 disabling it is beneficial when ordinary branches are available. Use of\n\
3850 delay slot branches filled using the basic filler is often still desirable\n\
3851 as the delay slot can hide a pipeline bubble.", bool, (void),
3852 hook_bool_void_false)
3853
3854 /* Return where to allocate pseudo for a given hard register initial value. */
3855 DEFHOOK
3856 (allocate_initial_value,
3857 "\n\
3858 When the initial value of a hard register has been copied in a pseudo\n\
3859 register, it is often not necessary to actually allocate another register\n\
3860 to this pseudo register, because the original hard register or a stack slot\n\
3861 it has been saved into can be used. @code{TARGET_ALLOCATE_INITIAL_VALUE}\n\
3862 is called at the start of register allocation once for each hard register\n\
3863 that had its initial value copied by using\n\
3864 @code{get_func_hard_reg_initial_val} or @code{get_hard_reg_initial_val}.\n\
3865 Possible values are @code{NULL_RTX}, if you don't want\n\
3866 to do any special allocation, a @code{REG} rtx---that would typically be\n\
3867 the hard register itself, if it is known not to be clobbered---or a\n\
3868 @code{MEM}.\n\
3869 If you are returning a @code{MEM}, this is only a hint for the allocator;\n\
3870 it might decide to use another register anyways.\n\
3871 You may use @code{current_function_is_leaf} or \n\
3872 @code{REG_N_SETS} in the hook to determine if the hard\n\
3873 register in question will not be clobbered.\n\
3874 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which disables any special\n\
3875 allocation.",
3876 rtx, (rtx hard_reg), NULL)
3877
3878 /* Return nonzero if evaluating UNSPEC X might cause a trap.
3879 FLAGS has the same meaning as in rtlanal.c: may_trap_p_1. */
3880 DEFHOOK
3881 (unspec_may_trap_p,
3882 "This target hook returns nonzero if @var{x}, an @code{unspec} or\n\
3883 @code{unspec_volatile} operation, might cause a trap. Targets can use\n\
3884 this hook to enhance precision of analysis for @code{unspec} and\n\
3885 @code{unspec_volatile} operations. You may call @code{may_trap_p_1}\n\
3886 to analyze inner elements of @var{x} in which case @var{flags} should be\n\
3887 passed along.",
3888 int, (const_rtx x, unsigned flags),
3889 default_unspec_may_trap_p)
3890
3891 /* Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers
3892 to represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook
3893 if the register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in
3894 non-contiguous locations, or if the register should be
3895 represented in more than one register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this
3896 hook should return NULL_RTX. */
3897 DEFHOOK
3898 (dwarf_register_span,
3899 "Given a register, this hook should return a parallel of registers to\n\
3900 represent where to find the register pieces. Define this hook if the\n\
3901 register and its mode are represented in Dwarf in non-contiguous\n\
3902 locations, or if the register should be represented in more than one\n\
3903 register in Dwarf. Otherwise, this hook should return @code{NULL_RTX}.\n\
3904 If not defined, the default is to return @code{NULL_RTX}.",
3905 rtx, (rtx reg),
3906 hook_rtx_rtx_null)
3907
3908 /* Given a register return the mode of the corresponding DWARF frame
3909 register. */
3910 DEFHOOK
3911 (dwarf_frame_reg_mode,
3912 "Given a register, this hook should return the mode which the\n\
3913 corresponding Dwarf frame register should have. This is normally\n\
3914 used to return a smaller mode than the raw mode to prevent call\n\
3915 clobbered parts of a register altering the frame register size",
3916 machine_mode, (int regno),
3917 default_dwarf_frame_reg_mode)
3918
3919 /* If expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes needs to fill in table
3920 entries not corresponding directly to registers below
3921 FIRST_PSEUDO_REGISTER, this hook should generate the necessary
3922 code, given the address of the table. */
3923 DEFHOOK
3924 (init_dwarf_reg_sizes_extra,
3925 "If some registers are represented in Dwarf-2 unwind information in\n\
3926 multiple pieces, define this hook to fill in information about the\n\
3927 sizes of those pieces in the table used by the unwinder at runtime.\n\
3928 It will be called by @code{expand_builtin_init_dwarf_reg_sizes} after\n\
3929 filling in a single size corresponding to each hard register;\n\
3930 @var{address} is the address of the table.",
3931 void, (tree address),
3932 hook_void_tree)
3933
3934 /* Fetch the fixed register(s) which hold condition codes, for
3935 targets where it makes sense to look for duplicate assignments to
3936 the condition codes. This should return true if there is such a
3937 register, false otherwise. The arguments should be set to the
3938 fixed register numbers. Up to two condition code registers are
3939 supported. If there is only one for this target, the int pointed
3940 at by the second argument should be set to -1. */
3941 DEFHOOK
3942 (fixed_condition_code_regs,
3943 "On targets which do not use @code{(cc0)}, and which use a hard\n\
3944 register rather than a pseudo-register to hold condition codes, the\n\
3945 regular CSE passes are often not able to identify cases in which the\n\
3946 hard register is set to a common value. Use this hook to enable a\n\
3947 small pass which optimizes such cases. This hook should return true\n\
3948 to enable this pass, and it should set the integers to which its\n\
3949 arguments point to the hard register numbers used for condition codes.\n\
3950 When there is only one such register, as is true on most systems, the\n\
3951 integer pointed to by @var{p2} should be set to\n\
3952 @code{INVALID_REGNUM}.\n\
3953 \n\
3954 The default version of this hook returns false.",
3955 bool, (unsigned int *p1, unsigned int *p2),
3956 hook_bool_uintp_uintp_false)
3957
3958 /* If two condition code modes are compatible, return a condition
3959 code mode which is compatible with both, such that a comparison
3960 done in the returned mode will work for both of the original
3961 modes. If the condition code modes are not compatible, return
3962 VOIDmode. */
3963 DEFHOOK
3964 (cc_modes_compatible,
3965 "On targets which use multiple condition code modes in class\n\
3966 @code{MODE_CC}, it is sometimes the case that a comparison can be\n\
3967 validly done in more than one mode. On such a system, define this\n\
3968 target hook to take two mode arguments and to return a mode in which\n\
3969 both comparisons may be validly done. If there is no such mode,\n\
3970 return @code{VOIDmode}.\n\
3971 \n\
3972 The default version of this hook checks whether the modes are the\n\
3973 same. If they are, it returns that mode. If they are different, it\n\
3974 returns @code{VOIDmode}.",
3975 machine_mode, (machine_mode m1, machine_mode m2),
3976 default_cc_modes_compatible)
3977
3978 /* Do machine-dependent code transformations. Called just before
3979 delayed-branch scheduling. */
3980 DEFHOOK
3981 (machine_dependent_reorg,
3982 "If non-null, this hook performs a target-specific pass over the\n\
3983 instruction stream. The compiler will run it at all optimization levels,\n\
3984 just before the point at which it normally does delayed-branch scheduling.\n\
3985 \n\
3986 The exact purpose of the hook varies from target to target. Some use\n\
3987 it to do transformations that are necessary for correctness, such as\n\
3988 laying out in-function constant pools or avoiding hardware hazards.\n\
3989 Others use it as an opportunity to do some machine-dependent optimizations.\n\
3990 \n\
3991 You need not implement the hook if it has nothing to do. The default\n\
3992 definition is null.",
3993 void, (void), NULL)
3994
3995 /* Create the __builtin_va_list type. */
3996 DEFHOOK
3997 (build_builtin_va_list,
3998 "This hook returns a type node for @code{va_list} for the target.\n\
3999 The default version of the hook returns @code{void*}.",
4000 tree, (void),
4001 std_build_builtin_va_list)
4002
4003 /* Enumerate the va list variants. */
4004 DEFHOOK
4005 (enum_va_list_p,
4006 "This target hook is used in function @code{c_common_nodes_and_builtins}\n\
4007 to iterate through the target specific builtin types for va_list. The\n\
4008 variable @var{idx} is used as iterator. @var{pname} has to be a pointer\n\
4009 to a @code{const char *} and @var{ptree} a pointer to a @code{tree} typed\n\
4010 variable.\n\
4011 The arguments @var{pname} and @var{ptree} are used to store the result of\n\
4012 this macro and are set to the name of the va_list builtin type and its\n\
4013 internal type.\n\
4014 If the return value of this macro is zero, then there is no more element.\n\
4015 Otherwise the @var{IDX} should be increased for the next call of this\n\
4016 macro to iterate through all types.",
4017 int, (int idx, const char **pname, tree *ptree),
4018 NULL)
4019
4020 /* Get the cfun/fndecl calling abi __builtin_va_list type. */
4021 DEFHOOK
4022 (fn_abi_va_list,
4023 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by\n\
4024 @var{fndecl}.\n\
4025 The default version of this hook returns @code{va_list_type_node}.",
4026 tree, (tree fndecl),
4027 std_fn_abi_va_list)
4028
4029 /* Get the __builtin_va_list type dependent on input type. */
4030 DEFHOOK
4031 (canonical_va_list_type,
4032 "This hook returns the va_list type of the calling convention specified by the\n\
4033 type of @var{type}. If @var{type} is not a valid va_list type, it returns\n\
4034 @code{NULL_TREE}.",
4035 tree, (tree type),
4036 std_canonical_va_list_type)
4037
4038 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4039 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4040 (expand_builtin_va_start,
4041 "Expand the @code{__builtin_va_start} builtin.",
4042 void, (tree valist, rtx nextarg), NULL)
4043
4044 /* Gimplifies a VA_ARG_EXPR. */
4045 DEFHOOK
4046 (gimplify_va_arg_expr,
4047 "This hook performs target-specific gimplification of\n\
4048 @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. The first two parameters correspond to the\n\
4049 arguments to @code{va_arg}; the latter two are as in\n\
4050 @code{gimplify.c:gimplify_expr}.",
4051 tree, (tree valist, tree type, gimple_seq *pre_p, gimple_seq *post_p),
4052 std_gimplify_va_arg_expr)
4053
4054 /* Validity-checking routines for PCH files, target-specific.
4055 get_pch_validity returns a pointer to the data to be stored,
4056 and stores the size in its argument. pch_valid_p gets the same
4057 information back and returns NULL if the PCH is valid,
4058 or an error message if not. */
4059 DEFHOOK
4060 (get_pch_validity,
4061 "This hook returns a pointer to the data needed by\n\
4062 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} and sets\n\
4063 @samp{*@var{sz}} to the size of the data in bytes.",
4064 void *, (size_t *sz),
4065 default_get_pch_validity)
4066
4067 DEFHOOK
4068 (pch_valid_p,
4069 "This hook checks whether the options used to create a PCH file are\n\
4070 compatible with the current settings. It returns @code{NULL}\n\
4071 if so and a suitable error message if not. Error messages will\n\
4072 be presented to the user and must be localized using @samp{_(@var{msg})}.\n\
4073 \n\
4074 @var{data} is the data that was returned by @code{TARGET_GET_PCH_VALIDITY}\n\
4075 when the PCH file was created and @var{sz} is the size of that data in bytes.\n\
4076 It's safe to assume that the data was created by the same version of the\n\
4077 compiler, so no format checking is needed.\n\
4078 \n\
4079 The default definition of @code{default_pch_valid_p} should be\n\
4080 suitable for most targets.",
4081 const char *, (const void *data, size_t sz),
4082 default_pch_valid_p)
4083
4084 DEFHOOK
4085 (prepare_pch_save,
4086 "Called before writing out a PCH file. If the target has some\n\
4087 garbage-collected data that needs to be in a particular state on PCH loads,\n\
4088 it can use this hook to enforce that state. Very few targets need\n\
4089 to do anything here.",
4090 void, (void),
4091 hook_void_void)
4092
4093 /* If nonnull, this function checks whether a PCH file with the
4094 given set of target flags can be used. It returns NULL if so,
4095 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4096 DEFHOOK
4097 (check_pch_target_flags,
4098 "If this hook is nonnull, the default implementation of\n\
4099 @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P} will use it to check for compatible values\n\
4100 of @code{target_flags}. @var{pch_flags} specifies the value that\n\
4101 @code{target_flags} had when the PCH file was created. The return\n\
4102 value is the same as for @code{TARGET_PCH_VALID_P}.",
4103 const char *, (int pch_flags), NULL)
4104
4105 /* True if the compiler should give an enum type only as many
4106 bytes as it takes to represent the range of possible values of
4107 that type. */
4108 DEFHOOK
4109 (default_short_enums,
4110 "This target hook should return true if the compiler should give an\n\
4111 @code{enum} type only as many bytes as it takes to represent the range\n\
4112 of possible values of that type. It should return false if all\n\
4113 @code{enum} types should be allocated like @code{int}.\n\
4114 \n\
4115 The default is to return false.",
4116 bool, (void),
4117 hook_bool_void_false)
4118
4119 /* This target hook returns an rtx that is used to store the address
4120 of the current frame into the built-in setjmp buffer. */
4121 DEFHOOK
4122 (builtin_setjmp_frame_value,
4123 "This target hook should return an rtx that is used to store\n\
4124 the address of the current frame into the built in @code{setjmp} buffer.\n\
4125 The default value, @code{virtual_stack_vars_rtx}, is correct for most\n\
4126 machines. One reason you may need to define this target hook is if\n\
4127 @code{hard_frame_pointer_rtx} is the appropriate value on your machine.",
4128 rtx, (void),
4129 default_builtin_setjmp_frame_value)
4130
4131 /* This target hook should manipulate the outputs, inputs, constraints,
4132 and clobbers the port wishes for pre-processing the asm. */
4133 DEFHOOK
4134 (md_asm_adjust,
4135 "This target hook may add @dfn{clobbers} to @var{clobbers} and\n\
4136 @var{clobbered_regs} for any hard regs the port wishes to automatically\n\
4137 clobber for an asm. The @var{outputs} and @var{inputs} may be inspected\n\
4138 to avoid clobbering a register that is already used by the asm.\n\
4139 \n\
4140 It may modify the @var{outputs}, @var{inputs}, and @var{constraints}\n\
4141 as necessary for other pre-processing. In this case the return value is\n\
4142 a sequence of insns to emit after the asm.",
4143 rtx_insn *,
4144 (vec<rtx>& outputs, vec<rtx>& inputs, vec<const char *>& constraints,
4145 vec<rtx>& clobbers, HARD_REG_SET& clobbered_regs),
4146 NULL)
4147
4148 /* This target hook allows the backend to specify a calling convention
4149 in the debug information. This function actually returns an
4150 enum dwarf_calling_convention, but because of forward declarations
4151 and not wanting to include dwarf2.h everywhere target.h is included
4152 the function is being declared as an int. */
4153 DEFHOOK
4154 (dwarf_calling_convention,
4155 "Define this to enable the dwarf attribute @code{DW_AT_calling_convention} to\n\
4156 be emitted for each function. Instead of an integer return the enum\n\
4157 value for the @code{DW_CC_} tag.",
4158 int, (const_tree function),
4159 hook_int_const_tree_0)
4160
4161 /* This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that
4162 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The call frame debugging info
4163 engine will invoke it on insns of the form
4164 (set (reg) (unspec [...] UNSPEC_INDEX))
4165 and
4166 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [...] UNSPECV_INDEX))
4167 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. */
4168 DEFHOOK
4169 (dwarf_handle_frame_unspec,
4170 "This target hook allows the backend to emit frame-related insns that\n\
4171 contain UNSPECs or UNSPEC_VOLATILEs. The DWARF 2 call frame debugging\n\
4172 info engine will invoke it on insns of the form\n\
4173 @smallexample\n\
4174 (set (reg) (unspec [@dots{}] UNSPEC_INDEX))\n\
4175 @end smallexample\n\
4176 and\n\
4177 @smallexample\n\
4178 (set (reg) (unspec_volatile [@dots{}] UNSPECV_INDEX)).\n\
4179 @end smallexample\n\
4180 to let the backend emit the call frame instructions. @var{label} is\n\
4181 the CFI label attached to the insn, @var{pattern} is the pattern of\n\
4182 the insn and @var{index} is @code{UNSPEC_INDEX} or @code{UNSPECV_INDEX}.",
4183 void, (const char *label, rtx pattern, int index), NULL)
4184
4185 DEFHOOK
4186 (dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value,
4187 "Express the value of @code{poly_int} indeterminate @var{i} as a DWARF\n\
4188 expression, with @var{i} counting from 1. Return the number of a DWARF\n\
4189 register @var{R} and set @samp{*@var{factor}} and @samp{*@var{offset}} such\n\
4190 that the value of the indeterminate is:\n\
4191 @smallexample\n\
4192 value_of(@var{R}) / @var{factor} - @var{offset}\n\
4193 @end smallexample\n\
4194 \n\
4195 A target only needs to define this hook if it sets\n\
4196 @samp{NUM_POLY_INT_COEFFS} to a value greater than 1.",
4197 unsigned int, (unsigned int i, unsigned int *factor, int *offset),
4198 default_dwarf_poly_indeterminate_value)
4199
4200 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4201 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4202 (stdarg_optimize_hook,
4203 "Perform architecture specific checking of statements gimplified\
4204 from @code{VA_ARG_EXPR}. @var{stmt} is the statement. Returns true if\
4205 the statement doesn't need to be checked for @code{va_list} references.",
4206 bool, (struct stdarg_info *ai, const gimple *stmt), NULL)
4207
4208 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the DECL
4209 that represents the external variable that contains the stack
4210 protection guard variable. The type of this DECL is ptr_type_node. */
4211 DEFHOOK
4212 (stack_protect_guard,
4213 "This hook returns a @code{DECL} node for the external variable to use\n\
4214 for the stack protection guard. This variable is initialized by the\n\
4215 runtime to some random value and is used to initialize the guard value\n\
4216 that is placed at the top of the local stack frame. The type of this\n\
4217 variable must be @code{ptr_type_node}.\n\
4218 \n\
4219 The default version of this hook creates a variable called\n\
4220 @samp{__stack_chk_guard}, which is normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4221 tree, (void),
4222 default_stack_protect_guard)
4223
4224 /* This target hook allows the operating system to override the CALL_EXPR
4225 that is invoked when a check vs the guard variable fails. */
4226 DEFHOOK
4227 (stack_protect_fail,
4228 "This hook returns a @code{CALL_EXPR} that alerts the runtime that the\n\
4229 stack protect guard variable has been modified. This expression should\n\
4230 involve a call to a @code{noreturn} function.\n\
4231 \n\
4232 The default version of this hook invokes a function called\n\
4233 @samp{__stack_chk_fail}, taking no arguments. This function is\n\
4234 normally defined in @file{libgcc2.c}.",
4235 tree, (void),
4236 default_external_stack_protect_fail)
4237
4238 /* This target hook allows the operating system to disable the default stack
4239 protector runtime support. */
4240 DEFHOOK
4241 (stack_protect_runtime_enabled_p,
4242 "Returns true if the target wants GCC's default stack protect runtime support,\
4243 otherwise return false. The default implementation always returns true.",
4244 bool, (void),
4245 hook_bool_void_true)
4246
4247 DEFHOOK
4248 (can_use_doloop_p,
4249 "Return true if it is possible to use low-overhead loops (@code{doloop_end}\n\
4250 and @code{doloop_begin}) for a particular loop. @var{iterations} gives the\n\
4251 exact number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{iterations_max} gives\n\
4252 the maximum number of iterations, or 0 if not known. @var{loop_depth} is\n\
4253 the nesting depth of the loop, with 1 for innermost loops, 2 for loops that\n\
4254 contain innermost loops, and so on. @var{entered_at_top} is true if the\n\
4255 loop is only entered from the top.\n\
4256 \n\
4257 This hook is only used if @code{doloop_end} is available. The default\n\
4258 implementation returns true. You can use @code{can_use_doloop_if_innermost}\n\
4259 if the loop must be the innermost, and if there are no other restrictions.",
4260 bool, (const widest_int &iterations, const widest_int &iterations_max,
4261 unsigned int loop_depth, bool entered_at_top),
4262 hook_bool_wint_wint_uint_bool_true)
4263
4264 /* Returns NULL if target supports the insn within a doloop block,
4265 otherwise it returns an error message. */
4266 DEFHOOK
4267 (invalid_within_doloop,
4268 "\n\
4269 Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return NULL if it is valid within a\n\
4270 low-overhead loop, otherwise return a string explaining why doloop\n\
4271 could not be applied.\n\
4272 \n\
4273 Many targets use special registers for low-overhead looping. For any\n\
4274 instruction that clobbers these this function should return a string indicating\n\
4275 the reason why the doloop could not be applied.\n\
4276 By default, the RTL loop optimizer does not use a present doloop pattern for\n\
4277 loops containing function calls or branch on table instructions.",
4278 const char *, (const rtx_insn *insn),
4279 default_invalid_within_doloop)
4280
4281 /* Returns true for a legitimate combined insn. */
4282 DEFHOOK
4283 (legitimate_combined_insn,
4284 "Take an instruction in @var{insn} and return @code{false} if the instruction\
4285 is not appropriate as a combination of two or more instructions. The\
4286 default is to accept all instructions.",
4287 bool, (rtx_insn *insn),
4288 hook_bool_rtx_insn_true)
4289
4290 DEFHOOK
4291 (valid_dllimport_attribute_p,
4292 "@var{decl} is a variable or function with @code{__attribute__((dllimport))}\
4293 specified. Use this hook if the target needs to add extra validation\
4294 checks to @code{handle_dll_attribute}.",
4295 bool, (const_tree decl),
4296 hook_bool_const_tree_true)
4297
4298 /* If non-zero, align constant anchors in CSE to a multiple of this
4299 value. */
4300 DEFHOOKPOD
4301 (const_anchor,
4302 "On some architectures it can take multiple instructions to synthesize\n\
4303 a constant. If there is another constant already in a register that\n\
4304 is close enough in value then it is preferable that the new constant\n\
4305 is computed from this register using immediate addition or\n\
4306 subtraction. We accomplish this through CSE. Besides the value of\n\
4307 the constant we also add a lower and an upper constant anchor to the\n\
4308 available expressions. These are then queried when encountering new\n\
4309 constants. The anchors are computed by rounding the constant up and\n\
4310 down to a multiple of the value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR}.\n\
4311 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} should be the maximum positive value\n\
4312 accepted by immediate-add plus one. We currently assume that the\n\
4313 value of @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is a power of 2. For example, on\n\
4314 MIPS, where add-immediate takes a 16-bit signed value,\n\
4315 @code{TARGET_CONST_ANCHOR} is set to @samp{0x8000}. The default value\n\
4316 is zero, which disables this optimization.",
4317 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, 0)
4318
4319 /* Defines, which target-dependent bits (upper 16) are used by port */
4320 DEFHOOK
4321 (memmodel_check,
4322 "Validate target specific memory model mask bits. When NULL no target specific\n\
4323 memory model bits are allowed.",
4324 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT val), NULL)
4325
4326 /* Defines an offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding
4327 Address Sanitizer shadow address, or -1 if Address Sanitizer is not
4328 supported by the target. */
4329 DEFHOOK
4330 (asan_shadow_offset,
4331 "Return the offset bitwise ored into shifted address to get corresponding\n\
4332 Address Sanitizer shadow memory address. NULL if Address Sanitizer is not\n\
4333 supported by the target.",
4334 unsigned HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
4335 NULL)
4336
4337 /* Functions relating to calls - argument passing, returns, etc. */
4338 /* Members of struct call have no special macro prefix. */
4339 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CALLS, calls)
4340
4341 DEFHOOK
4342 (promote_function_mode,
4343 "Like @code{PROMOTE_MODE}, but it is applied to outgoing function arguments or\n\
4344 function return values. The target hook should return the new mode\n\
4345 and possibly change @code{*@var{punsignedp}} if the promotion should\n\
4346 change signedness. This function is called only for scalar @emph{or\n\
4347 pointer} types.\n\
4348 \n\
4349 @var{for_return} allows to distinguish the promotion of arguments and\n\
4350 return values. If it is @code{1}, a return value is being promoted and\n\
4351 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must perform the same promotions done here.\n\
4352 If it is @code{2}, the returned mode should be that of the register in\n\
4353 which an incoming parameter is copied, or the outgoing result is computed;\n\
4354 then the hook should return the same mode as @code{promote_mode}, though\n\
4355 the signedness may be different.\n\
4356 \n\
4357 @var{type} can be NULL when promoting function arguments of libcalls.\n\
4358 \n\
4359 The default is to not promote arguments and return values. You can\n\
4360 also define the hook to @code{default_promote_function_mode_always_promote}\n\
4361 if you would like to apply the same rules given by @code{PROMOTE_MODE}.",
4362 machine_mode, (const_tree type, machine_mode mode, int *punsignedp,
4363 const_tree funtype, int for_return),
4364 default_promote_function_mode)
4365
4366 DEFHOOK
4367 (promote_prototypes,
4368 "This target hook returns @code{true} if an argument declared in a\n\
4369 prototype as an integral type smaller than @code{int} should actually be\n\
4370 passed as an @code{int}. In addition to avoiding errors in certain\n\
4371 cases of mismatch, it also makes for better code on certain machines.\n\
4372 The default is to not promote prototypes.",
4373 bool, (const_tree fntype),
4374 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4375
4376 DEFHOOK
4377 (struct_value_rtx,
4378 "This target hook should return the location of the structure value\n\
4379 address (normally a @code{mem} or @code{reg}), or 0 if the address is\n\
4380 passed as an ``invisible'' first argument. Note that @var{fndecl} may\n\
4381 be @code{NULL}, for libcalls. You do not need to define this target\n\
4382 hook if the address is always passed as an ``invisible'' first\n\
4383 argument.\n\
4384 \n\
4385 On some architectures the place where the structure value address\n\
4386 is found by the called function is not the same place that the\n\
4387 caller put it. This can be due to register windows, or it could\n\
4388 be because the function prologue moves it to a different place.\n\
4389 @var{incoming} is @code{1} or @code{2} when the location is needed in\n\
4390 the context of the called function, and @code{0} in the context of\n\
4391 the caller.\n\
4392 \n\
4393 If @var{incoming} is nonzero and the address is to be found on the\n\
4394 stack, return a @code{mem} which refers to the frame pointer. If\n\
4395 @var{incoming} is @code{2}, the result is being used to fetch the\n\
4396 structure value address at the beginning of a function. If you need\n\
4397 to emit adjusting code, you should do it at this point.",
4398 rtx, (tree fndecl, int incoming),
4399 hook_rtx_tree_int_null)
4400
4401 DEFHOOKPOD
4402 (omit_struct_return_reg,
4403 "Normally, when a function returns a structure by memory, the address\n\
4404 is passed as an invisible pointer argument, but the compiler also\n\
4405 arranges to return the address from the function like it would a normal\n\
4406 pointer return value. Define this to true if that behavior is\n\
4407 undesirable on your target.",
4408 bool, false)
4409
4410 DEFHOOK
4411 (return_in_memory,
4412 "This target hook should return a nonzero value to say to return the\n\
4413 function value in memory, just as large structures are always returned.\n\
4414 Here @var{type} will be the data type of the value, and @var{fntype}\n\
4415 will be the type of the function doing the returning, or @code{NULL} for\n\
4416 libcalls.\n\
4417 \n\
4418 Note that values of mode @code{BLKmode} must be explicitly handled\n\
4419 by this function. Also, the option @option{-fpcc-struct-return}\n\
4420 takes effect regardless of this macro. On most systems, it is\n\
4421 possible to leave the hook undefined; this causes a default\n\
4422 definition to be used, whose value is the constant 1 for @code{BLKmode}\n\
4423 values, and 0 otherwise.\n\
4424 \n\
4425 Do not use this hook to indicate that structures and unions should always\n\
4426 be returned in memory. You should instead use @code{DEFAULT_PCC_STRUCT_RETURN}\n\
4427 to indicate this.",
4428 bool, (const_tree type, const_tree fntype),
4429 default_return_in_memory)
4430
4431 DEFHOOK
4432 (return_in_msb,
4433 "This hook should return true if values of type @var{type} are returned\n\
4434 at the most significant end of a register (in other words, if they are\n\
4435 padded at the least significant end). You can assume that @var{type}\n\
4436 is returned in a register; the caller is required to check this.\n\
4437 \n\
4438 Note that the register provided by @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} must\n\
4439 be able to hold the complete return value. For example, if a 1-, 2-\n\
4440 or 3-byte structure is returned at the most significant end of a\n\
4441 4-byte register, @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} should provide an\n\
4442 @code{SImode} rtx.",
4443 bool, (const_tree type),
4444 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
4445
4446 /* Return true if a parameter must be passed by reference. TYPE may
4447 be null if this is a libcall. CA may be null if this query is
4448 from __builtin_va_arg. */
4449 DEFHOOK
4450 (pass_by_reference,
4451 "This target hook should return @code{true} if an argument at the\n\
4452 position indicated by @var{cum} should be passed by reference. This\n\
4453 predicate is queried after target independent reasons for being\n\
4454 passed by reference, such as @code{TREE_ADDRESSABLE (type)}.\n\
4455 \n\
4456 If the hook returns true, a copy of that argument is made in memory and a\n\
4457 pointer to the argument is passed instead of the argument itself.\n\
4458 The pointer is passed in whatever way is appropriate for passing a pointer\n\
4459 to that type.",
4460 bool,
4461 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4462 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4463
4464 DEFHOOK
4465 (expand_builtin_saveregs,
4466 "If defined, this hook produces the machine-specific code for a call to\n\
4467 @code{__builtin_saveregs}. This code will be moved to the very\n\
4468 beginning of the function, before any parameter access are made. The\n\
4469 return value of this function should be an RTX that contains the value\n\
4470 to use as the return of @code{__builtin_saveregs}.",
4471 rtx, (void),
4472 default_expand_builtin_saveregs)
4473
4474 /* Returns pretend_argument_size. */
4475 DEFHOOK
4476 (setup_incoming_varargs,
4477 "This target hook offers an alternative to using\n\
4478 @code{__builtin_saveregs} and defining the hook\n\
4479 @code{TARGET_EXPAND_BUILTIN_SAVEREGS}. Use it to store the anonymous\n\
4480 register arguments into the stack so that all the arguments appear to\n\
4481 have been passed consecutively on the stack. Once this is done, you can\n\
4482 use the standard implementation of varargs that works for machines that\n\
4483 pass all their arguments on the stack.\n\
4484 \n\
4485 The argument @var{args_so_far} points to the @code{CUMULATIVE_ARGS} data\n\
4486 structure, containing the values that are obtained after processing the\n\
4487 named arguments. The arguments @var{mode} and @var{type} describe the\n\
4488 last named argument---its machine mode and its data type as a tree node.\n\
4489 \n\
4490 The target hook should do two things: first, push onto the stack all the\n\
4491 argument registers @emph{not} used for the named arguments, and second,\n\
4492 store the size of the data thus pushed into the @code{int}-valued\n\
4493 variable pointed to by @var{pretend_args_size}. The value that you\n\
4494 store here will serve as additional offset for setting up the stack\n\
4495 frame.\n\
4496 \n\
4497 Because you must generate code to push the anonymous arguments at\n\
4498 compile time without knowing their data types,\n\
4499 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is only useful on machines that\n\
4500 have just a single category of argument register and use it uniformly\n\
4501 for all data types.\n\
4502 \n\
4503 If the argument @var{second_time} is nonzero, it means that the\n\
4504 arguments of the function are being analyzed for the second time. This\n\
4505 happens for an inline function, which is not actually compiled until the\n\
4506 end of the source file. The hook @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} should\n\
4507 not generate any instructions in this case.",
4508 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4509 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4510 default_setup_incoming_varargs)
4511
4512 DEFHOOK
4513 (load_bounds_for_arg,
4514 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds of\n\
4515 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4516 bounds of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4517 memory, then bounds are loaded as for regular pointer loaded from\n\
4518 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4519 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4520 should be used to obtain bounds. Hook returns RTX holding loaded bounds.",
4521 rtx, (rtx slot, rtx arg, rtx slot_no),
4522 default_load_bounds_for_arg)
4523
4524 DEFHOOK
4525 (store_bounds_for_arg,
4526 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insns to store @var{bounds} of\n\
4527 @var{arg} passed in @var{slot}. Expand pass uses this hook in case\n\
4528 @var{bounds} of @var{arg} are not passed in register. If @var{slot} is a\n\
4529 memory, then @var{bounds} are stored as for regular pointer stored in\n\
4530 memory. If @var{slot} is not a memory then @var{slot_no} is an integer\n\
4531 constant holding number of the target dependent special slot which\n\
4532 should be used to store @var{bounds}.",
4533 void, (rtx arg, rtx slot, rtx bounds, rtx slot_no),
4534 default_store_bounds_for_arg)
4535
4536 DEFHOOK
4537 (load_returned_bounds,
4538 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to load bounds\n\
4539 returned by function call in @var{slot}. Hook returns RTX holding\n\
4540 loaded bounds.",
4541 rtx, (rtx slot),
4542 default_load_returned_bounds)
4543
4544 DEFHOOK
4545 (store_returned_bounds,
4546 "This hook is used by expand pass to emit insn to store @var{bounds}\n\
4547 returned by function call into @var{slot}.",
4548 void, (rtx slot, rtx bounds),
4549 default_store_returned_bounds)
4550
4551 DEFHOOK
4552 (setup_incoming_vararg_bounds,
4553 "Use it to store bounds for anonymous register arguments stored\n\
4554 into the stack. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4555 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}.",
4556 void, (cumulative_args_t args_so_far, machine_mode mode, tree type,
4557 int *pretend_args_size, int second_time),
4558 default_setup_incoming_vararg_bounds)
4559
4560 DEFHOOK
4561 (call_args,
4562 "While generating RTL for a function call, this target hook is invoked once\n\
4563 for each argument passed to the function, either a register returned by\n\
4564 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} or a memory location. It is called just\n\
4565 before the point where argument registers are stored. The type of the\n\
4566 function to be called is also passed as the second argument; it is\n\
4567 @code{NULL_TREE} for libcalls. The @code{TARGET_END_CALL_ARGS} hook is\n\
4568 invoked just after the code to copy the return reg has been emitted.\n\
4569 This functionality can be used to perform special setup of call argument\n\
4570 registers if a target needs it.\n\
4571 For functions without arguments, the hook is called once with @code{pc_rtx}\n\
4572 passed instead of an argument register.\n\
4573 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4574 void, (rtx, tree),
4575 hook_void_rtx_tree)
4576
4577 DEFHOOK
4578 (end_call_args,
4579 "This target hook is invoked while generating RTL for a function call,\n\
4580 just after the point where the return reg is copied into a pseudo. It\n\
4581 signals that all the call argument and return registers for the just\n\
4582 emitted call are now no longer in use.\n\
4583 Most ports do not need to implement anything for this hook.",
4584 void, (void),
4585 hook_void_void)
4586
4587 DEFHOOK
4588 (strict_argument_naming,
4589 "Define this hook to return @code{true} if the location where a function\n\
4590 argument is passed depends on whether or not it is a named argument.\n\
4591 \n\
4592 This hook controls how the @var{named} argument to @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4593 is set for varargs and stdarg functions. If this hook returns\n\
4594 @code{true}, the @var{named} argument is always true for named\n\
4595 arguments, and false for unnamed arguments. If it returns @code{false},\n\
4596 but @code{TARGET_PRETEND_OUTGOING_VARARGS_NAMED} returns @code{true},\n\
4597 then all arguments are treated as named. Otherwise, all named arguments\n\
4598 except the last are treated as named.\n\
4599 \n\
4600 You need not define this hook if it always returns @code{false}.",
4601 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4602 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_false)
4603
4604 /* Returns true if we should use
4605 targetm.calls.setup_incoming_varargs() and/or
4606 targetm.calls.strict_argument_naming(). */
4607 DEFHOOK
4608 (pretend_outgoing_varargs_named,
4609 "If you need to conditionally change ABIs so that one works with\n\
4610 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS}, but the other works like neither\n\
4611 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} nor @code{TARGET_STRICT_ARGUMENT_NAMING} was\n\
4612 defined, then define this hook to return @code{true} if\n\
4613 @code{TARGET_SETUP_INCOMING_VARARGS} is used, @code{false} otherwise.\n\
4614 Otherwise, you should not define this hook.",
4615 bool, (cumulative_args_t ca),
4616 default_pretend_outgoing_varargs_named)
4617
4618 /* Given a complex type T, return true if a parameter of type T
4619 should be passed as two scalars. */
4620 DEFHOOK
4621 (split_complex_arg,
4622 "This hook should return true if parameter of type @var{type} are passed\n\
4623 as two scalar parameters. By default, GCC will attempt to pack complex\n\
4624 arguments into the target's word size. Some ABIs require complex arguments\n\
4625 to be split and treated as their individual components. For example, on\n\
4626 AIX64, complex floats should be passed in a pair of floating point\n\
4627 registers, even though a complex float would fit in one 64-bit floating\n\
4628 point register.\n\
4629 \n\
4630 The default value of this hook is @code{NULL}, which is treated as always\n\
4631 false.",
4632 bool, (const_tree type), NULL)
4633
4634 /* Return true if type T, mode MODE, may not be passed in registers,
4635 but must be passed on the stack. */
4636 /* ??? This predicate should be applied strictly after pass-by-reference.
4637 Need audit to verify that this is the case. */
4638 DEFHOOK
4639 (must_pass_in_stack,
4640 "This target hook should return @code{true} if we should not pass @var{type}\n\
4641 solely in registers. The file @file{expr.h} defines a\n\
4642 definition that is usually appropriate, refer to @file{expr.h} for additional\n\
4643 documentation.",
4644 bool, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4645 must_pass_in_stack_var_size_or_pad)
4646
4647 /* Return true if type TYPE, mode MODE, which is passed by reference,
4648 should have the object copy generated by the callee rather than
4649 the caller. It is never called for TYPE requiring constructors. */
4650 DEFHOOK
4651 (callee_copies,
4652 "The function argument described by the parameters to this hook is\n\
4653 known to be passed by reference. The hook should return true if the\n\
4654 function argument should be copied by the callee instead of copied\n\
4655 by the caller.\n\
4656 \n\
4657 For any argument for which the hook returns true, if it can be\n\
4658 determined that the argument is not modified, then a copy need\n\
4659 not be generated.\n\
4660 \n\
4661 The default version of this hook always returns false.",
4662 bool,
4663 (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4664 hook_bool_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_false)
4665
4666 /* Return zero for arguments passed entirely on the stack or entirely
4667 in registers. If passed in both, return the number of bytes passed
4668 in registers; the balance is therefore passed on the stack. */
4669 DEFHOOK
4670 (arg_partial_bytes,
4671 "This target hook returns the number of bytes at the beginning of an\n\
4672 argument that must be put in registers. The value must be zero for\n\
4673 arguments that are passed entirely in registers or that are entirely\n\
4674 pushed on the stack.\n\
4675 \n\
4676 On some machines, certain arguments must be passed partially in\n\
4677 registers and partially in memory. On these machines, typically the\n\
4678 first few words of arguments are passed in registers, and the rest\n\
4679 on the stack. If a multi-word argument (a @code{double} or a\n\
4680 structure) crosses that boundary, its first few words must be passed\n\
4681 in registers and the rest must be pushed. This macro tells the\n\
4682 compiler when this occurs, and how many bytes should go in registers.\n\
4683 \n\
4684 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for these arguments should return the first\n\
4685 register to be used by the caller for this argument; likewise\n\
4686 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG}, for the called function.",
4687 int, (cumulative_args_t cum, machine_mode mode, tree type, bool named),
4688 hook_int_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_mode_tree_bool_0)
4689
4690 /* Update the state in CA to advance past an argument in the
4691 argument list. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4692 argument. */
4693 DEFHOOK
4694 (function_arg_advance,
4695 "This hook updates the summarizer variable pointed to by @var{ca} to\n\
4696 advance past an argument in the argument list. The values @var{mode},\n\
4697 @var{type} and @var{named} describe that argument. Once this is done,\n\
4698 the variable @var{cum} is suitable for analyzing the @emph{following}\n\
4699 argument with @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}, etc.\n\
4700 \n\
4701 This hook need not do anything if the argument in question was passed\n\
4702 on the stack. The compiler knows how to track the amount of stack space\n\
4703 used for arguments without any special help.",
4704 void,
4705 (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type, bool named),
4706 default_function_arg_advance)
4707
4708 DEFHOOK
4709 (function_arg_offset,
4710 "This hook returns the number of bytes to add to the offset of an\n\
4711 argument of type @var{type} and mode @var{mode} when passed in memory.\n\
4712 This is needed for the SPU, which passes @code{char} and @code{short}\n\
4713 arguments in the preferred slot that is in the middle of the quad word\n\
4714 instead of starting at the top. The default implementation returns 0.",
4715 HOST_WIDE_INT, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4716 default_function_arg_offset)
4717
4718 DEFHOOK
4719 (function_arg_padding,
4720 "This hook determines whether, and in which direction, to pad out\n\
4721 an argument of mode @var{mode} and type @var{type}. It returns\n\
4722 @code{PAD_UPWARD} to insert padding above the argument, @code{PAD_DOWNWARD}\n\
4723 to insert padding below the argument, or @code{PAD_NONE} to inhibit padding.\n\
4724 \n\
4725 The @emph{amount} of padding is not controlled by this hook, but by\n\
4726 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG_ROUND_BOUNDARY}. It is always just enough\n\
4727 to reach the next multiple of that boundary.\n\
4728 \n\
4729 This hook has a default definition that is right for most systems.\n\
4730 For little-endian machines, the default is to pad upward. For\n\
4731 big-endian machines, the default is to pad downward for an argument of\n\
4732 constant size shorter than an @code{int}, and upward otherwise.",
4733 pad_direction, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4734 default_function_arg_padding)
4735
4736 /* Return zero if the argument described by the state of CA should
4737 be placed on a stack, or a hard register in which to store the
4738 argument. The values MODE, TYPE, and NAMED describe that
4739 argument. */
4740 DEFHOOK
4741 (function_arg,
4742 "Return an RTX indicating whether a function argument is passed in a\n\
4743 register and if so, which register.\n\
4744 \n\
4745 The arguments are @var{ca}, which summarizes all the previous\n\
4746 arguments; @var{mode}, the machine mode of the argument; @var{type},\n\
4747 the data type of the argument as a tree node or 0 if that is not known\n\
4748 (which happens for C support library functions); and @var{named},\n\
4749 which is @code{true} for an ordinary argument and @code{false} for\n\
4750 nameless arguments that correspond to @samp{@dots{}} in the called\n\
4751 function's prototype. @var{type} can be an incomplete type if a\n\
4752 syntax error has previously occurred.\n\
4753 \n\
4754 The return value is usually either a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4755 register in which to pass the argument, or zero to pass the argument\n\
4756 on the stack.\n\
4757 \n\
4758 The return value can be a @code{const_int} which means argument is\n\
4759 passed in a target specific slot with specified number. Target hooks\n\
4760 should be used to store or load argument in such case. See\n\
4761 @code{TARGET_STORE_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG} and @code{TARGET_LOAD_BOUNDS_FOR_ARG}\n\
4762 for more information.\n\
4763 \n\
4764 The value of the expression can also be a @code{parallel} RTX@. This is\n\
4765 used when an argument is passed in multiple locations. The mode of the\n\
4766 @code{parallel} should be the mode of the entire argument. The\n\
4767 @code{parallel} holds any number of @code{expr_list} pairs; each one\n\
4768 describes where part of the argument is passed. In each\n\
4769 @code{expr_list} the first operand must be a @code{reg} RTX for the hard\n\
4770 register in which to pass this part of the argument, and the mode of the\n\
4771 register RTX indicates how large this part of the argument is. The\n\
4772 second operand of the @code{expr_list} is a @code{const_int} which gives\n\
4773 the offset in bytes into the entire argument of where this part starts.\n\
4774 As a special exception the first @code{expr_list} in the @code{parallel}\n\
4775 RTX may have a first operand of zero. This indicates that the entire\n\
4776 argument is also stored on the stack.\n\
4777 \n\
4778 The last time this hook is called, it is called with @code{MODE ==\n\
4779 VOIDmode}, and its result is passed to the @code{call} or @code{call_value}\n\
4780 pattern as operands 2 and 3 respectively.\n\
4781 \n\
4782 @cindex @file{stdarg.h} and register arguments\n\
4783 The usual way to make the ISO library @file{stdarg.h} work on a\n\
4784 machine where some arguments are usually passed in registers, is to\n\
4785 cause nameless arguments to be passed on the stack instead. This is\n\
4786 done by making @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} return 0 whenever\n\
4787 @var{named} is @code{false}.\n\
4788 \n\
4789 @cindex @code{TARGET_MUST_PASS_IN_STACK}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4790 @cindex @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}, and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG}\n\
4791 You may use the hook @code{targetm.calls.must_pass_in_stack}\n\
4792 in the definition of this macro to determine if this argument is of a\n\
4793 type that must be passed in the stack. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE}\n\
4794 is not defined and @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} returns nonzero for such an\n\
4795 argument, the compiler will abort. If @code{REG_PARM_STACK_SPACE} is\n\
4796 defined, the argument will be computed in the stack and then loaded into\n\
4797 a register.",
4798 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4799 bool named),
4800 default_function_arg)
4801
4802 DEFHOOK
4803 (function_incoming_arg,
4804 "Define this hook if the caller and callee on the target have different\n\
4805 views of where arguments are passed. Also define this hook if there are\n\
4806 functions that are never directly called, but are invoked by the hardware\n\
4807 and which have nonstandard calling conventions.\n\
4808 \n\
4809 In this case @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} computes the register in\n\
4810 which the caller passes the value, and\n\
4811 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} should be defined in a similar\n\
4812 fashion to tell the function being called where the arguments will\n\
4813 arrive.\n\
4814 \n\
4815 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} can also return arbitrary address\n\
4816 computation using hard register, which can be forced into a register,\n\
4817 so that it can be used to pass special arguments.\n\
4818 \n\
4819 If @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_INCOMING_ARG} is not defined,\n\
4820 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} serves both purposes.",
4821 rtx, (cumulative_args_t ca, machine_mode mode, const_tree type,
4822 bool named),
4823 default_function_incoming_arg)
4824
4825 DEFHOOK
4826 (function_arg_boundary,
4827 "This hook returns the alignment boundary, in bits, of an argument\n\
4828 with the specified mode and type. The default hook returns\n\
4829 @code{PARM_BOUNDARY} for all arguments.",
4830 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4831 default_function_arg_boundary)
4832
4833 DEFHOOK
4834 (function_arg_round_boundary,
4835 "Normally, the size of an argument is rounded up to @code{PARM_BOUNDARY},\n\
4836 which is the default value for this hook. You can define this hook to\n\
4837 return a different value if an argument size must be rounded to a larger\n\
4838 value.",
4839 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode, const_tree type),
4840 default_function_arg_round_boundary)
4841
4842 /* Return the diagnostic message string if function without a prototype
4843 is not allowed for this 'val' argument; NULL otherwise. */
4844 DEFHOOK
4845 (invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn,
4846 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
4847 illegal to pass argument @var{val} to function @var{funcdecl}\n\
4848 with prototype @var{typelist}.",
4849 const char *, (const_tree typelist, const_tree funcdecl, const_tree val),
4850 hook_invalid_arg_for_unprototyped_fn)
4851
4852 /* Return an rtx for the return value location of the function
4853 specified by FN_DECL_OR_TYPE with a return type of RET_TYPE. */
4854 DEFHOOK
4855 (function_value,
4856 "\n\
4857 Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4858 returns or receives a value of data type @var{ret_type}, a tree node\n\
4859 representing a data type. @var{fn_decl_or_type} is a tree node\n\
4860 representing @code{FUNCTION_DECL} or @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} of a\n\
4861 function being called. If @var{outgoing} is false, the hook should\n\
4862 compute the register in which the caller will see the return value.\n\
4863 Otherwise, the hook should return an RTX representing the place where\n\
4864 a function returns a value.\n\
4865 \n\
4866 On many machines, only @code{TYPE_MODE (@var{ret_type})} is relevant.\n\
4867 (Actually, on most machines, scalar values are returned in the same\n\
4868 place regardless of mode.) The value of the expression is usually a\n\
4869 @code{reg} RTX for the hard register where the return value is stored.\n\
4870 The value can also be a @code{parallel} RTX, if the return value is in\n\
4871 multiple places. See @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_ARG} for an explanation of the\n\
4872 @code{parallel} form. Note that the callee will populate every\n\
4873 location specified in the @code{parallel}, but if the first element of\n\
4874 the @code{parallel} contains the whole return value, callers will use\n\
4875 that element as the canonical location and ignore the others. The m68k\n\
4876 port uses this type of @code{parallel} to return pointers in both\n\
4877 @samp{%a0} (the canonical location) and @samp{%d0}.\n\
4878 \n\
4879 If @code{TARGET_PROMOTE_FUNCTION_RETURN} returns true, you must apply\n\
4880 the same promotion rules specified in @code{PROMOTE_MODE} if\n\
4881 @var{valtype} is a scalar type.\n\
4882 \n\
4883 If the precise function being called is known, @var{func} is a tree\n\
4884 node (@code{FUNCTION_DECL}) for it; otherwise, @var{func} is a null\n\
4885 pointer. This makes it possible to use a different value-returning\n\
4886 convention for specific functions when all their calls are\n\
4887 known.\n\
4888 \n\
4889 Some target machines have ``register windows'' so that the register in\n\
4890 which a function returns its value is not the same as the one in which\n\
4891 the caller sees the value. For such machines, you should return\n\
4892 different RTX depending on @var{outgoing}.\n\
4893 \n\
4894 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE} is not used for return values with\n\
4895 aggregate data types, because these are returned in another way. See\n\
4896 @code{TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX} and related macros, below.",
4897 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4898 default_function_value)
4899
4900 /* Return the rtx for bounds of returned pointer. */
4901 DEFHOOK
4902 (chkp_function_value_bounds,
4903 "Define this to return an RTX representing the place where a function\n\
4904 returns bounds for returned pointers. Arguments meaning is similar to\n\
4905 @code{TARGET_FUNCTION_VALUE}.",
4906 rtx, (const_tree ret_type, const_tree fn_decl_or_type, bool outgoing),
4907 default_chkp_function_value_bounds)
4908
4909 /* Return the rtx for the result of a libcall of mode MODE,
4910 calling the function FN_NAME. */
4911 DEFHOOK
4912 (libcall_value,
4913 "Define this hook if the back-end needs to know the name of the libcall\n\
4914 function in order to determine where the result should be returned.\n\
4915 \n\
4916 The mode of the result is given by @var{mode} and the name of the called\n\
4917 library function is given by @var{fun}. The hook should return an RTX\n\
4918 representing the place where the library function result will be returned.\n\
4919 \n\
4920 If this hook is not defined, then LIBCALL_VALUE will be used.",
4921 rtx, (machine_mode mode, const_rtx fun),
4922 default_libcall_value)
4923
4924 /* Return true if REGNO is a possible register number for
4925 a function value as seen by the caller. */
4926 DEFHOOK
4927 (function_value_regno_p,
4928 "A target hook that return @code{true} if @var{regno} is the number of a hard\n\
4929 register in which the values of called function may come back.\n\
4930 \n\
4931 A register whose use for returning values is limited to serving as the\n\
4932 second of a pair (for a value of type @code{double}, say) need not be\n\
4933 recognized by this target hook.\n\
4934 \n\
4935 If the machine has register windows, so that the caller and the called\n\
4936 function use different registers for the return value, this target hook\n\
4937 should recognize only the caller's register numbers.\n\
4938 \n\
4939 If this hook is not defined, then FUNCTION_VALUE_REGNO_P will be used.",
4940 bool, (const unsigned int regno),
4941 default_function_value_regno_p)
4942
4943 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
4944 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
4945 (internal_arg_pointer,
4946 "Return an rtx for the argument pointer incoming to the\
4947 current function.",
4948 rtx, (void),
4949 default_internal_arg_pointer)
4950
4951 /* Update the current function stack boundary if needed. */
4952 DEFHOOK
4953 (update_stack_boundary,
4954 "Define this macro to update the current function stack boundary if\n\
4955 necessary.",
4956 void, (void), NULL)
4957
4958 /* Handle stack alignment and return an rtx for Dynamic Realign
4959 Argument Pointer if necessary. */
4960 DEFHOOK
4961 (get_drap_rtx,
4962 "This hook should return an rtx for Dynamic Realign Argument Pointer (DRAP) if a\n\
4963 different argument pointer register is needed to access the function's\n\
4964 argument list due to stack realignment. Return @code{NULL} if no DRAP\n\
4965 is needed.",
4966 rtx, (void), NULL)
4967
4968 /* Return true if all function parameters should be spilled to the
4969 stack. */
4970 DEFHOOK
4971 (allocate_stack_slots_for_args,
4972 "When optimization is disabled, this hook indicates whether or not\n\
4973 arguments should be allocated to stack slots. Normally, GCC allocates\n\
4974 stacks slots for arguments when not optimizing in order to make\n\
4975 debugging easier. However, when a function is declared with\n\
4976 @code{__attribute__((naked))}, there is no stack frame, and the compiler\n\
4977 cannot safely move arguments from the registers in which they are passed\n\
4978 to the stack. Therefore, this hook should return true in general, but\n\
4979 false for naked functions. The default implementation always returns true.",
4980 bool, (void),
4981 hook_bool_void_true)
4982
4983 /* Return an rtx for the static chain for FNDECL_OR_TYPE. If INCOMING_P
4984 is true, then it should be for the callee; otherwise for the caller. */
4985 DEFHOOK
4986 (static_chain,
4987 "This hook replaces the use of @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al for\n\
4988 targets that may use different static chain locations for different\n\
4989 nested functions. This may be required if the target has function\n\
4990 attributes that affect the calling conventions of the function and\n\
4991 those calling conventions use different static chain locations.\n\
4992 \n\
4993 The default version of this hook uses @code{STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM} et al.\n\
4994 \n\
4995 If the static chain is passed in memory, this hook should be used to\n\
4996 provide rtx giving @code{mem} expressions that denote where they are stored.\n\
4997 Often the @code{mem} expression as seen by the caller will be at an offset\n\
4998 from the stack pointer and the @code{mem} expression as seen by the callee\n\
4999 will be at an offset from the frame pointer.\n\
5000 @findex stack_pointer_rtx\n\
5001 @findex frame_pointer_rtx\n\
5002 @findex arg_pointer_rtx\n\
5003 The variables @code{stack_pointer_rtx}, @code{frame_pointer_rtx}, and\n\
5004 @code{arg_pointer_rtx} will have been initialized and should be used\n\
5005 to refer to those items.",
5006 rtx, (const_tree fndecl_or_type, bool incoming_p),
5007 default_static_chain)
5008
5009 /* Fill in the trampoline at MEM with a call to FNDECL and a
5010 static chain value of CHAIN. */
5011 DEFHOOK
5012 (trampoline_init,
5013 "This hook is called to initialize a trampoline.\n\
5014 @var{m_tramp} is an RTX for the memory block for the trampoline; @var{fndecl}\n\
5015 is the @code{FUNCTION_DECL} for the nested function; @var{static_chain} is an\n\
5016 RTX for the static chain value that should be passed to the function\n\
5017 when it is called.\n\
5018 \n\
5019 If the target defines @code{TARGET_ASM_TRAMPOLINE_TEMPLATE}, then the\n\
5020 first thing this hook should do is emit a block move into @var{m_tramp}\n\
5021 from the memory block returned by @code{assemble_trampoline_template}.\n\
5022 Note that the block move need only cover the constant parts of the\n\
5023 trampoline. If the target isolates the variable parts of the trampoline\n\
5024 to the end, not all @code{TRAMPOLINE_SIZE} bytes need be copied.\n\
5025 \n\
5026 If the target requires any other actions, such as flushing caches or\n\
5027 enabling stack execution, these actions should be performed after\n\
5028 initializing the trampoline proper.",
5029 void, (rtx m_tramp, tree fndecl, rtx static_chain),
5030 default_trampoline_init)
5031
5032 /* Adjust the address of the trampoline in a target-specific way. */
5033 DEFHOOK
5034 (trampoline_adjust_address,
5035 "This hook should perform any machine-specific adjustment in\n\
5036 the address of the trampoline. Its argument contains the address of the\n\
5037 memory block that was passed to @code{TARGET_TRAMPOLINE_INIT}. In case\n\
5038 the address to be used for a function call should be different from the\n\
5039 address at which the template was stored, the different address should\n\
5040 be returned; otherwise @var{addr} should be returned unchanged.\n\
5041 If this hook is not defined, @var{addr} will be used for function calls.",
5042 rtx, (rtx addr), NULL)
5043
5044 DEFHOOKPOD
5045 (custom_function_descriptors,
5046 "This hook should be defined to a power of 2 if the target will benefit\n\
5047 from the use of custom descriptors for nested functions instead of the\n\
5048 standard trampolines. Such descriptors are created at run time on the\n\
5049 stack and made up of data only, but they are non-standard so the generated\n\
5050 code must be prepared to deal with them. This hook should be defined to 0\n\
5051 if the target uses function descriptors for its standard calling sequence,\n\
5052 like for example HP-PA or IA-64. Using descriptors for nested functions\n\
5053 eliminates the need for trampolines that reside on the stack and require\n\
5054 it to be made executable.\n\
5055 \n\
5056 The value of the macro is used to parameterize the run-time identification\n\
5057 scheme implemented to distinguish descriptors from function addresses: it\n\
5058 gives the number of bytes by which their address is misaligned compared\n\
5059 with function addresses. The value of 1 will generally work, unless it is\n\
5060 already reserved by the target for another purpose, like for example on ARM.",\
5061 int, -1)
5062
5063 /* Return the number of bytes of its own arguments that a function
5064 pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments and the
5065 caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns. */
5066 /* ??? tm.texi has no types for the parameters. */
5067 DEFHOOK
5068 (return_pops_args,
5069 "This target hook returns the number of bytes of its own arguments that\n\
5070 a function pops on returning, or 0 if the function pops no arguments\n\
5071 and the caller must therefore pop them all after the function returns.\n\
5072 \n\
5073 @var{fundecl} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that describes\n\
5074 the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5075 @code{FUNCTION_DECL} that describes the declaration of the function.\n\
5076 From this you can obtain the @code{DECL_ATTRIBUTES} of the function.\n\
5077 \n\
5078 @var{funtype} is a C variable whose value is a tree node that\n\
5079 describes the function in question. Normally it is a node of type\n\
5080 @code{FUNCTION_TYPE} that describes the data type of the function.\n\
5081 From this it is possible to obtain the data types of the value and\n\
5082 arguments (if known).\n\
5083 \n\
5084 When a call to a library function is being considered, @var{fundecl}\n\
5085 will contain an identifier node for the library function. Thus, if\n\
5086 you need to distinguish among various library functions, you can do so\n\
5087 by their names. Note that ``library function'' in this context means\n\
5088 a function used to perform arithmetic, whose name is known specially\n\
5089 in the compiler and was not mentioned in the C code being compiled.\n\
5090 \n\
5091 @var{size} is the number of bytes of arguments passed on the\n\
5092 stack. If a variable number of bytes is passed, it is zero, and\n\
5093 argument popping will always be the responsibility of the calling function.\n\
5094 \n\
5095 On the VAX, all functions always pop their arguments, so the definition\n\
5096 of this macro is @var{size}. On the 68000, using the standard\n\
5097 calling convention, no functions pop their arguments, so the value of\n\
5098 the macro is always 0 in this case. But an alternative calling\n\
5099 convention is available in which functions that take a fixed number of\n\
5100 arguments pop them but other functions (such as @code{printf}) pop\n\
5101 nothing (the caller pops all). When this convention is in use,\n\
5102 @var{funtype} is examined to determine whether a function takes a fixed\n\
5103 number of arguments.",
5104 poly_int64, (tree fundecl, tree funtype, poly_int64 size),
5105 default_return_pops_args)
5106
5107 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any function value that might be
5108 returned. */
5109 DEFHOOK
5110 (get_raw_result_mode,
5111 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw return\
5112 registers in @code{__builtin_return}. Define this macro if the value\
5113 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5114 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5115 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5116
5117 /* Return a mode wide enough to copy any argument value that might be
5118 passed. */
5119 DEFHOOK
5120 (get_raw_arg_mode,
5121 "This target hook returns the mode to be used when accessing raw argument\
5122 registers in @code{__builtin_apply_args}. Define this macro if the value\
5123 in @var{reg_raw_mode} is not correct.",
5124 fixed_size_mode, (int regno),
5125 default_get_reg_raw_mode)
5126
5127 /* Return true if a type is an empty record. */
5128 DEFHOOK
5129 (empty_record_p,
5130 "This target hook returns true if the type is an empty record. The default\n\
5131 is to return @code{false}.",
5132 bool, (const_tree type),
5133 hook_bool_const_tree_false)
5134
5135 /* Warn about the change in empty class parameter passing ABI. */
5136 DEFHOOK
5137 (warn_parameter_passing_abi,
5138 "This target hook warns about the change in empty class parameter passing\n\
5139 ABI.",
5140 void, (cumulative_args_t ca, tree type),
5141 hook_void_CUMULATIVE_ARGS_tree)
5142
5143 HOOK_VECTOR_END (calls)
5144
5145 DEFHOOK
5146 (use_pseudo_pic_reg,
5147 "This hook should return 1 in case pseudo register should be created\n\
5148 for pic_offset_table_rtx during function expand.",
5149 bool, (void),
5150 hook_bool_void_false)
5151
5152 DEFHOOK
5153 (init_pic_reg,
5154 "Perform a target dependent initialization of pic_offset_table_rtx.\n\
5155 This hook is called at the start of register allocation.",
5156 void, (void),
5157 hook_void_void)
5158
5159 /* Return the diagnostic message string if conversion from FROMTYPE
5160 to TOTYPE is not allowed, NULL otherwise. */
5161 DEFHOOK
5162 (invalid_conversion,
5163 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5164 invalid to convert from @var{fromtype} to @var{totype}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5165 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5166 const char *, (const_tree fromtype, const_tree totype),
5167 hook_constcharptr_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5168
5169 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the unary operation OP is
5170 not permitted on TYPE, NULL otherwise. */
5171 DEFHOOK
5172 (invalid_unary_op,
5173 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5174 invalid to apply operation @var{op} (where unary plus is denoted by\n\
5175 @code{CONVERT_EXPR}) to an operand of type @var{type}, or @code{NULL}\n\
5176 if validity should be determined by the front end.",
5177 const char *, (int op, const_tree type),
5178 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_null)
5179
5180 /* Return the diagnostic message string if the binary operation OP
5181 is not permitted on TYPE1 and TYPE2, NULL otherwise. */
5182 DEFHOOK
5183 (invalid_binary_op,
5184 "If defined, this macro returns the diagnostic message when it is\n\
5185 invalid to apply operation @var{op} to operands of types @var{type1}\n\
5186 and @var{type2}, or @code{NULL} if validity should be determined by\n\
5187 the front end.",
5188 const char *, (int op, const_tree type1, const_tree type2),
5189 hook_constcharptr_int_const_tree_const_tree_null)
5190
5191 /* If values of TYPE are promoted to some other type when used in
5192 expressions (analogous to the integer promotions), return that type,
5193 or NULL_TREE otherwise. */
5194 DEFHOOK
5195 (promoted_type,
5196 "If defined, this target hook returns the type to which values of\n\
5197 @var{type} should be promoted when they appear in expressions,\n\
5198 analogous to the integer promotions, or @code{NULL_TREE} to use the\n\
5199 front end's normal promotion rules. This hook is useful when there are\n\
5200 target-specific types with special promotion rules.\n\
5201 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5202 tree, (const_tree type),
5203 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
5204
5205 /* Convert EXPR to TYPE, if target-specific types with special conversion
5206 rules are involved. Return the converted expression, or NULL to apply
5207 the standard conversion rules. */
5208 DEFHOOK
5209 (convert_to_type,
5210 "If defined, this hook returns the result of converting @var{expr} to\n\
5211 @var{type}. It should return the converted expression,\n\
5212 or @code{NULL_TREE} to apply the front end's normal conversion rules.\n\
5213 This hook is useful when there are target-specific types with special\n\
5214 conversion rules.\n\
5215 This is currently used only by the C and C++ front ends.",
5216 tree, (tree type, tree expr),
5217 hook_tree_tree_tree_null)
5218
5219 DEFHOOK
5220 (can_change_mode_class,
5221 "This hook returns true if it is possible to bitcast values held in\n\
5222 registers of class @var{rclass} from mode @var{from} to mode @var{to}\n\
5223 and if doing so preserves the low-order bits that are common to both modes.\n\
5224 The result is only meaningful if @var{rclass} has registers that can hold\n\
5225 both @code{from} and @code{to}. The default implementation returns true.\n\
5226 \n\
5227 As an example of when such bitcasting is invalid, loading 32-bit integer or\n\
5228 floating-point objects into floating-point registers on Alpha extends them\n\
5229 to 64 bits. Therefore loading a 64-bit object and then storing it as a\n\
5230 32-bit object does not store the low-order 32 bits, as would be the case\n\
5231 for a normal register. Therefore, @file{alpha.h} defines\n\
5232 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} to return:\n\
5233 \n\
5234 @smallexample\n\
5235 (GET_MODE_SIZE (from) == GET_MODE_SIZE (to)\n\
5236 || !reg_classes_intersect_p (FLOAT_REGS, rclass))\n\
5237 @end smallexample\n\
5238 \n\
5239 Even if storing from a register in mode @var{to} would be valid,\n\
5240 if both @var{from} and @code{raw_reg_mode} for @var{rclass} are wider\n\
5241 than @code{word_mode}, then we must prevent @var{to} narrowing the\n\
5242 mode. This happens when the middle-end assumes that it can load\n\
5243 or store pieces of an @var{N}-word pseudo, and that the pseudo will\n\
5244 eventually be allocated to @var{N} @code{word_mode} hard registers.\n\
5245 Failure to prevent this kind of mode change will result in the\n\
5246 entire @code{raw_reg_mode} being modified instead of the partial\n\
5247 value that the middle-end intended.",
5248 bool, (machine_mode from, machine_mode to, reg_class_t rclass),
5249 hook_bool_mode_mode_reg_class_t_true)
5250
5251 /* Change pseudo allocno class calculated by IRA. */
5252 DEFHOOK
5253 (ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class,
5254 "A target hook which can change allocno class for given pseudo from\n\
5255 allocno and best class calculated by IRA.\n\
5256 \n\
5257 The default version of this target hook always returns given class.",
5258 reg_class_t, (int, reg_class_t, reg_class_t),
5259 default_ira_change_pseudo_allocno_class)
5260
5261 /* Return true if we use LRA instead of reload. */
5262 DEFHOOK
5263 (lra_p,
5264 "A target hook which returns true if we use LRA instead of reload pass.\
5265 \
5266 The default version of this target hook returns true. New ports\
5267 should use LRA, and existing ports are encouraged to convert.",
5268 bool, (void),
5269 default_lra_p)
5270
5271 /* Return register priority of given hard regno for the current target. */
5272 DEFHOOK
5273 (register_priority,
5274 "A target hook which returns the register priority number to which the\
5275 register @var{hard_regno} belongs to. The bigger the number, the\
5276 more preferable the hard register usage (when all other conditions are\
5277 the same). This hook can be used to prefer some hard register over\
5278 others in LRA. For example, some x86-64 register usage needs\
5279 additional prefix which makes instructions longer. The hook can\
5280 return lower priority number for such registers make them less favorable\
5281 and as result making the generated code smaller.\
5282 \
5283 The default version of this target hook returns always zero.",
5284 int, (int),
5285 default_register_priority)
5286
5287 /* Return true if we need register usage leveling. */
5288 DEFHOOK
5289 (register_usage_leveling_p,
5290 "A target hook which returns true if we need register usage leveling.\
5291 That means if a few hard registers are equally good for the\
5292 assignment, we choose the least used hard register. The register\
5293 usage leveling may be profitable for some targets. Don't use the\
5294 usage leveling for targets with conditional execution or targets\
5295 with big register files as it hurts if-conversion and cross-jumping\
5296 optimizations.\
5297 \
5298 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5299 bool, (void),
5300 default_register_usage_leveling_p)
5301
5302 /* Return true if maximal address displacement can be different. */
5303 DEFHOOK
5304 (different_addr_displacement_p,
5305 "A target hook which returns true if an address with the same structure\
5306 can have different maximal legitimate displacement. For example, the\
5307 displacement can depend on memory mode or on operand combinations in\
5308 the insn.\
5309 \
5310 The default version of this target hook returns always false.",
5311 bool, (void),
5312 default_different_addr_displacement_p)
5313
5314 /* Determine class for spilling pseudos of given mode into registers
5315 instead of memory. */
5316 DEFHOOK
5317 (spill_class,
5318 "This hook defines a class of registers which could be used for spilling\
5319 pseudos of the given mode and class, or @code{NO_REGS} if only memory\
5320 should be used. Not defining this hook is equivalent to returning\
5321 @code{NO_REGS} for all inputs.",
5322 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t, machine_mode),
5323 NULL)
5324
5325 /* Determine an additional allocno class. */
5326 DEFHOOK
5327 (additional_allocno_class_p,
5328 "This hook should return @code{true} if given class of registers should\
5329 be an allocno class in any way. Usually RA uses only one register\
5330 class from all classes containing the same register set. In some\
5331 complicated cases, you need to have two or more such classes as\
5332 allocno ones for RA correct work. Not defining this hook is\
5333 equivalent to returning @code{false} for all inputs.",
5334 bool, (reg_class_t),
5335 hook_bool_reg_class_t_false)
5336
5337 DEFHOOK
5338 (cstore_mode,
5339 "This hook defines the machine mode to use for the boolean result of\
5340 conditional store patterns. The ICODE argument is the instruction code\
5341 for the cstore being performed. Not definiting this hook is the same\
5342 as accepting the mode encoded into operand 0 of the cstore expander\
5343 patterns.",
5344 scalar_int_mode, (enum insn_code icode),
5345 default_cstore_mode)
5346
5347 /* This target hook allows the backend to compute the register pressure
5348 classes to use. */
5349 DEFHOOK
5350 (compute_pressure_classes,
5351 "A target hook which lets a backend compute the set of pressure classes to\
5352 be used by those optimization passes which take register pressure into\
5353 account, as opposed to letting IRA compute them. It returns the number of\
5354 register classes stored in the array @var{pressure_classes}.",
5355 int, (enum reg_class *pressure_classes), NULL)
5356
5357 /* True if a structure, union or array with MODE containing FIELD should
5358 be accessed using BLKmode. */
5359 DEFHOOK
5360 (member_type_forces_blk,
5361 "Return true if a structure, union or array containing @var{field} should\n\
5362 be accessed using @code{BLKMODE}.\n\
5363 \n\
5364 If @var{field} is the only field in the structure, @var{mode} is its\n\
5365 mode, otherwise @var{mode} is VOIDmode. @var{mode} is provided in the\n\
5366 case where structures of one field would require the structure's mode to\n\
5367 retain the field's mode.\n\
5368 \n\
5369 Normally, this is not needed.",
5370 bool, (const_tree field, machine_mode mode),
5371 default_member_type_forces_blk)
5372
5373 /* See tree-ssa-math-opts.c:divmod_candidate_p for conditions
5374 that gate the divod transform. */
5375 DEFHOOK
5376 (expand_divmod_libfunc,
5377 "Define this hook for enabling divmod transform if the port does not have\n\
5378 hardware divmod insn but defines target-specific divmod libfuncs.",
5379 void, (rtx libfunc, machine_mode mode, rtx op0, rtx op1, rtx *quot, rtx *rem),
5380 NULL)
5381
5382 /* Return the class for a secondary reload, and fill in extra information. */
5383 DEFHOOK
5384 (secondary_reload,
5385 "Many machines have some registers that cannot be copied directly to or\n\
5386 from memory or even from other types of registers. An example is the\n\
5387 @samp{MQ} register, which on most machines, can only be copied to or\n\
5388 from general registers, but not memory. Below, we shall be using the\n\
5389 term 'intermediate register' when a move operation cannot be performed\n\
5390 directly, but has to be done by copying the source into the intermediate\n\
5391 register first, and then copying the intermediate register to the\n\
5392 destination. An intermediate register always has the same mode as\n\
5393 source and destination. Since it holds the actual value being copied,\n\
5394 reload might apply optimizations to re-use an intermediate register\n\
5395 and eliding the copy from the source when it can determine that the\n\
5396 intermediate register still holds the required value.\n\
5397 \n\
5398 Another kind of secondary reload is required on some machines which\n\
5399 allow copying all registers to and from memory, but require a scratch\n\
5400 register for stores to some memory locations (e.g., those with symbolic\n\
5401 address on the RT, and those with certain symbolic address on the SPARC\n\
5402 when compiling PIC)@. Scratch registers need not have the same mode\n\
5403 as the value being copied, and usually hold a different value than\n\
5404 that being copied. Special patterns in the md file are needed to\n\
5405 describe how the copy is performed with the help of the scratch register;\n\
5406 these patterns also describe the number, register class(es) and mode(s)\n\
5407 of the scratch register(s).\n\
5408 \n\
5409 In some cases, both an intermediate and a scratch register are required.\n\
5410 \n\
5411 For input reloads, this target hook is called with nonzero @var{in_p},\n\
5412 and @var{x} is an rtx that needs to be copied to a register of class\n\
5413 @var{reload_class} in @var{reload_mode}. For output reloads, this target\n\
5414 hook is called with zero @var{in_p}, and a register of class @var{reload_class}\n\
5415 needs to be copied to rtx @var{x} in @var{reload_mode}.\n\
5416 \n\
5417 If copying a register of @var{reload_class} from/to @var{x} requires\n\
5418 an intermediate register, the hook @code{secondary_reload} should\n\
5419 return the register class required for this intermediate register.\n\
5420 If no intermediate register is required, it should return NO_REGS.\n\
5421 If more than one intermediate register is required, describe the one\n\
5422 that is closest in the copy chain to the reload register.\n\
5423 \n\
5424 If scratch registers are needed, you also have to describe how to\n\
5425 perform the copy from/to the reload register to/from this\n\
5426 closest intermediate register. Or if no intermediate register is\n\
5427 required, but still a scratch register is needed, describe the\n\
5428 copy from/to the reload register to/from the reload operand @var{x}.\n\
5429 \n\
5430 You do this by setting @code{sri->icode} to the instruction code of a pattern\n\
5431 in the md file which performs the move. Operands 0 and 1 are the output\n\
5432 and input of this copy, respectively. Operands from operand 2 onward are\n\
5433 for scratch operands. These scratch operands must have a mode, and a\n\
5434 single-register-class\n\
5435 @c [later: or memory]\n\
5436 output constraint.\n\
5437 \n\
5438 When an intermediate register is used, the @code{secondary_reload}\n\
5439 hook will be called again to determine how to copy the intermediate\n\
5440 register to/from the reload operand @var{x}, so your hook must also\n\
5441 have code to handle the register class of the intermediate operand.\n\
5442 \n\
5443 @c [For later: maybe we'll allow multi-alternative reload patterns -\n\
5444 @c the port maintainer could name a mov<mode> pattern that has clobbers -\n\
5445 @c and match the constraints of input and output to determine the required\n\
5446 @c alternative. A restriction would be that constraints used to match\n\
5447 @c against reloads registers would have to be written as register class\n\
5448 @c constraints, or we need a new target macro / hook that tells us if an\n\
5449 @c arbitrary constraint can match an unknown register of a given class.\n\
5450 @c Such a macro / hook would also be useful in other places.]\n\
5451 \n\
5452 \n\
5453 @var{x} might be a pseudo-register or a @code{subreg} of a\n\
5454 pseudo-register, which could either be in a hard register or in memory.\n\
5455 Use @code{true_regnum} to find out; it will return @minus{}1 if the pseudo is\n\
5456 in memory and the hard register number if it is in a register.\n\
5457 \n\
5458 Scratch operands in memory (constraint @code{\"=m\"} / @code{\"=&m\"}) are\n\
5459 currently not supported. For the time being, you will have to continue\n\
5460 to use @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} for that purpose.\n\
5461 \n\
5462 @code{copy_cost} also uses this target hook to find out how values are\n\
5463 copied. If you want it to include some extra cost for the need to allocate\n\
5464 (a) scratch register(s), set @code{sri->extra_cost} to the additional cost.\n\
5465 Or if two dependent moves are supposed to have a lower cost than the sum\n\
5466 of the individual moves due to expected fortuitous scheduling and/or special\n\
5467 forwarding logic, you can set @code{sri->extra_cost} to a negative amount.",
5468 reg_class_t,
5469 (bool in_p, rtx x, reg_class_t reload_class, machine_mode reload_mode,
5470 secondary_reload_info *sri),
5471 default_secondary_reload)
5472
5473 DEFHOOK
5474 (secondary_memory_needed,
5475 "Certain machines have the property that some registers cannot be copied\n\
5476 to some other registers without using memory. Define this hook on\n\
5477 those machines to return true if objects of mode @var{m} in registers\n\
5478 of @var{class1} can only be copied to registers of class @var{class2} by\n\
5479 storing a register of @var{class1} into memory and loading that memory\n\
5480 location into a register of @var{class2}. The default definition returns\n\
5481 false for all inputs.",
5482 bool, (machine_mode mode, reg_class_t class1, reg_class_t class2),
5483 hook_bool_mode_reg_class_t_reg_class_t_false)
5484
5485 DEFHOOK
5486 (secondary_memory_needed_mode,
5487 "If @code{TARGET_SECONDARY_MEMORY_NEEDED} tells the compiler to use memory\n\
5488 when moving between two particular registers of mode @var{mode},\n\
5489 this hook specifies the mode that the memory should have.\n\
5490 \n\
5491 The default depends on @code{TARGET_LRA_P}. Without LRA, the default\n\
5492 is to use a word-sized mode for integral modes that are smaller than a\n\
5493 a word. This is right thing to do on most machines because it ensures\n\
5494 that all bits of the register are copied and prevents accesses to the\n\
5495 registers in a narrower mode, which some machines prohibit for\n\
5496 floating-point registers.\n\
5497 \n\
5498 However, this default behavior is not correct on some machines, such as\n\
5499 the DEC Alpha, that store short integers in floating-point registers\n\
5500 differently than in integer registers. On those machines, the default\n\
5501 widening will not work correctly and you must define this hook to\n\
5502 suppress that widening in some cases. See the file @file{alpha.c} for\n\
5503 details.\n\
5504 \n\
5505 With LRA, the default is to use @var{mode} unmodified.",
5506 machine_mode, (machine_mode mode),
5507 default_secondary_memory_needed_mode)
5508
5509 /* Given an rtx X being reloaded into a reg required to be in class CLASS,
5510 return the class of reg to actually use. */
5511 DEFHOOK
5512 (preferred_reload_class,
5513 "A target hook that places additional restrictions on the register class\n\
5514 to use when it is necessary to copy value @var{x} into a register in class\n\
5515 @var{rclass}. The value is a register class; perhaps @var{rclass}, or perhaps\n\
5516 another, smaller class.\n\
5517 \n\
5518 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass} argument.\n\
5519 \n\
5520 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\n\
5521 example, on the 68000, when @var{x} is an integer constant that is in range\n\
5522 for a @samp{moveq} instruction, the value of this macro is always\n\
5523 @code{DATA_REGS} as long as @var{rclass} includes the data registers.\n\
5524 Requiring a data register guarantees that a @samp{moveq} will be used.\n\
5525 \n\
5526 One case where @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} must not return\n\
5527 @var{rclass} is if @var{x} is a legitimate constant which cannot be\n\
5528 loaded into some register class. By returning @code{NO_REGS} you can\n\
5529 force @var{x} into a memory location. For example, rs6000 can load\n\
5530 immediate values into general-purpose registers, but does not have an\n\
5531 instruction for loading an immediate value into a floating-point\n\
5532 register, so @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS} returns @code{NO_REGS} when\n\
5533 @var{x} is a floating-point constant. If the constant can't be loaded\n\
5534 into any kind of register, code generation will be better if\n\
5535 @code{TARGET_LEGITIMATE_CONSTANT_P} makes the constant illegitimate instead\n\
5536 of using @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.\n\
5537 \n\
5538 If an insn has pseudos in it after register allocation, reload will go\n\
5539 through the alternatives and call repeatedly @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}\n\
5540 to find the best one. Returning @code{NO_REGS}, in this case, makes\n\
5541 reload add a @code{!} in front of the constraint: the x86 back-end uses\n\
5542 this feature to discourage usage of 387 registers when math is done in\n\
5543 the SSE registers (and vice versa).",
5544 reg_class_t,
5545 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5546 default_preferred_reload_class)
5547
5548 /* Like TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS, but for output reloads instead of
5549 input reloads. */
5550 DEFHOOK
5551 (preferred_output_reload_class,
5552 "Like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}, but for output reloads instead of\n\
5553 input reloads.\n\
5554 \n\
5555 The default version of this hook always returns value of @code{rclass}\n\
5556 argument.\n\
5557 \n\
5558 You can also use @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_OUTPUT_RELOAD_CLASS} to discourage\n\
5559 reload from using some alternatives, like @code{TARGET_PREFERRED_RELOAD_CLASS}.",
5560 reg_class_t,
5561 (rtx x, reg_class_t rclass),
5562 default_preferred_output_reload_class)
5563
5564 DEFHOOK
5565 (class_likely_spilled_p,
5566 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if pseudos that have been assigned\n\
5567 to registers of class @var{rclass} would likely be spilled because\n\
5568 registers of @var{rclass} are needed for spill registers.\n\
5569 \n\
5570 The default version of this target hook returns @code{true} if @var{rclass}\n\
5571 has exactly one register and @code{false} otherwise. On most machines, this\n\
5572 default should be used. For generally register-starved machines, such as\n\
5573 i386, or machines with right register constraints, such as SH, this hook\n\
5574 can be used to avoid excessive spilling.\n\
5575 \n\
5576 This hook is also used by some of the global intra-procedural code\n\
5577 transformations to throtle code motion, to avoid increasing register\n\
5578 pressure.",
5579 bool, (reg_class_t rclass),
5580 default_class_likely_spilled_p)
5581
5582 /* Return the maximum number of consecutive registers
5583 needed to represent mode MODE in a register of class RCLASS. */
5584 DEFHOOK
5585 (class_max_nregs,
5586 "A target hook returns the maximum number of consecutive registers\n\
5587 of class @var{rclass} needed to hold a value of mode @var{mode}.\n\
5588 \n\
5589 This is closely related to the macro @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS}.\n\
5590 In fact, the value returned by @code{TARGET_CLASS_MAX_NREGS (@var{rclass},\n\
5591 @var{mode})} target hook should be the maximum value of\n\
5592 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_NREGS (@var{regno}, @var{mode})} for all @var{regno}\n\
5593 values in the class @var{rclass}.\n\
5594 \n\
5595 This target hook helps control the handling of multiple-word values\n\
5596 in the reload pass.\n\
5597 \n\
5598 The default version of this target hook returns the size of @var{mode}\n\
5599 in words.",
5600 unsigned char, (reg_class_t rclass, machine_mode mode),
5601 default_class_max_nregs)
5602
5603 DEFHOOK
5604 (preferred_rename_class,
5605 "A target hook that places additional preference on the register\
5606 class to use when it is necessary to rename a register in class\
5607 @var{rclass} to another class, or perhaps @var{NO_REGS}, if no\
5608 preferred register class is found or hook @code{preferred_rename_class}\
5609 is not implemented.\
5610 Sometimes returning a more restrictive class makes better code. For\
5611 example, on ARM, thumb-2 instructions using @code{LO_REGS} may be\
5612 smaller than instructions using @code{GENERIC_REGS}. By returning\
5613 @code{LO_REGS} from @code{preferred_rename_class}, code size can\
5614 be reduced.",
5615 reg_class_t, (reg_class_t rclass),
5616 default_preferred_rename_class)
5617
5618 /* This target hook allows the backend to avoid unsafe substitution
5619 during register allocation. */
5620 DEFHOOK
5621 (cannot_substitute_mem_equiv_p,
5622 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if @var{subst} can't\n\
5623 substitute safely pseudos with equivalent memory values during\n\
5624 register allocation.\n\
5625 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5626 On most machines, this default should be used. For generally\n\
5627 machines with non orthogonal register usage for addressing, such\n\
5628 as SH, this hook can be used to avoid excessive spilling.",
5629 bool, (rtx subst),
5630 hook_bool_rtx_false)
5631
5632 /* This target hook allows the backend to legitimize base plus
5633 displacement addressing. */
5634 DEFHOOK
5635 (legitimize_address_displacement,
5636 "A target hook which returns @code{true} if *@var{disp} is\n\
5637 legitimezed to valid address displacement with subtracting *@var{offset}\n\
5638 at memory mode @var{mode}.\n\
5639 The default version of this target hook returns @code{false}.\n\
5640 This hook will benefit machines with limited base plus displacement\n\
5641 addressing.",
5642 bool, (rtx *disp, rtx *offset, machine_mode mode),
5643 default_legitimize_address_displacement)
5644
5645 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5646 processing while initializing for variable expansion. */
5647 DEFHOOK
5648 (expand_to_rtl_hook,
5649 "This hook is called just before expansion into rtl, allowing the target\n\
5650 to perform additional initializations or analysis before the expansion.\n\
5651 For example, the rs6000 port uses it to allocate a scratch stack slot\n\
5652 for use in copying SDmode values between memory and floating point\n\
5653 registers whenever the function being expanded has any SDmode\n\
5654 usage.",
5655 void, (void),
5656 hook_void_void)
5657
5658 /* This target hook allows the backend to perform additional
5659 instantiations on rtx that are not actually in insns yet,
5660 but will be later. */
5661 DEFHOOK
5662 (instantiate_decls,
5663 "This hook allows the backend to perform additional instantiations on rtl\n\
5664 that are not actually in any insns yet, but will be later.",
5665 void, (void),
5666 hook_void_void)
5667
5668 DEFHOOK
5669 (hard_regno_nregs,
5670 "This hook returns the number of consecutive hard registers, starting\n\
5671 at register number @var{regno}, required to hold a value of mode\n\
5672 @var{mode}. This hook must never return zero, even if a register\n\
5673 cannot hold the requested mode - indicate that with\n\
5674 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} and/or\n\
5675 @code{TARGET_CAN_CHANGE_MODE_CLASS} instead.\n\
5676 \n\
5677 The default definition returns the number of words in @var{mode}.",
5678 unsigned int, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5679 default_hard_regno_nregs)
5680
5681 DEFHOOK
5682 (hard_regno_mode_ok,
5683 "This hook returns true if it is permissible to store a value\n\
5684 of mode @var{mode} in hard register number @var{regno} (or in several\n\
5685 registers starting with that one). The default definition returns true\n\
5686 unconditionally.\n\
5687 \n\
5688 You need not include code to check for the numbers of fixed registers,\n\
5689 because the allocation mechanism considers them to be always occupied.\n\
5690 \n\
5691 @cindex register pairs\n\
5692 On some machines, double-precision values must be kept in even/odd\n\
5693 register pairs. You can implement that by defining this hook to reject\n\
5694 odd register numbers for such modes.\n\
5695 \n\
5696 The minimum requirement for a mode to be OK in a register is that the\n\
5697 @samp{mov@var{mode}} instruction pattern support moves between the\n\
5698 register and other hard register in the same class and that moving a\n\
5699 value into the register and back out not alter it.\n\
5700 \n\
5701 Since the same instruction used to move @code{word_mode} will work for\n\
5702 all narrower integer modes, it is not necessary on any machine for\n\
5703 this hook to distinguish between these modes, provided you define\n\
5704 patterns @samp{movhi}, etc., to take advantage of this. This is\n\
5705 useful because of the interaction between @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}\n\
5706 and @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P}; it is very desirable for all integer\n\
5707 modes to be tieable.\n\
5708 \n\
5709 Many machines have special registers for floating point arithmetic.\n\
5710 Often people assume that floating point machine modes are allowed only\n\
5711 in floating point registers. This is not true. Any registers that\n\
5712 can hold integers can safely @emph{hold} a floating point machine\n\
5713 mode, whether or not floating arithmetic can be done on it in those\n\
5714 registers. Integer move instructions can be used to move the values.\n\
5715 \n\
5716 On some machines, though, the converse is true: fixed-point machine\n\
5717 modes may not go in floating registers. This is true if the floating\n\
5718 registers normalize any value stored in them, because storing a\n\
5719 non-floating value there would garble it. In this case,\n\
5720 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK} should reject fixed-point machine modes in\n\
5721 floating registers. But if the floating registers do not automatically\n\
5722 normalize, if you can store any bit pattern in one and retrieve it\n\
5723 unchanged without a trap, then any machine mode may go in a floating\n\
5724 register, so you can define this hook to say so.\n\
5725 \n\
5726 The primary significance of special floating registers is rather that\n\
5727 they are the registers acceptable in floating point arithmetic\n\
5728 instructions. However, this is of no concern to\n\
5729 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK}. You handle it by writing the proper\n\
5730 constraints for those instructions.\n\
5731 \n\
5732 On some machines, the floating registers are especially slow to access,\n\
5733 so that it is better to store a value in a stack frame than in such a\n\
5734 register if floating point arithmetic is not being done. As long as the\n\
5735 floating registers are not in class @code{GENERAL_REGS}, they will not\n\
5736 be used unless some pattern's constraint asks for one.",
5737 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5738 hook_bool_uint_mode_true)
5739
5740 DEFHOOK
5741 (modes_tieable_p,
5742 "This hook returns true if a value of mode @var{mode1} is accessible\n\
5743 in mode @var{mode2} without copying.\n\
5744 \n\
5745 If @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode1})} and\n\
5746 @code{TARGET_HARD_REGNO_MODE_OK (@var{r}, @var{mode2})} are always\n\
5747 the same for any @var{r}, then\n\
5748 @code{TARGET_MODES_TIEABLE_P (@var{mode1}, @var{mode2})}\n\
5749 should be true. If they differ for any @var{r}, you should define\n\
5750 this hook to return false unless some other mechanism ensures the\n\
5751 accessibility of the value in a narrower mode.\n\
5752 \n\
5753 You should define this hook to return true in as many cases as\n\
5754 possible since doing so will allow GCC to perform better register\n\
5755 allocation. The default definition returns true unconditionally.",
5756 bool, (machine_mode mode1, machine_mode mode2),
5757 hook_bool_mode_mode_true)
5758
5759 /* Return true if is OK to use a hard register REGNO as scratch register
5760 in peephole2. */
5761 DEFHOOK
5762 (hard_regno_scratch_ok,
5763 "This target hook should return @code{true} if it is OK to use a hard register\n\
5764 @var{regno} as scratch reg in peephole2.\n\
5765 \n\
5766 One common use of this macro is to prevent using of a register that\n\
5767 is not saved by a prologue in an interrupt handler.\n\
5768 \n\
5769 The default version of this hook always returns @code{true}.",
5770 bool, (unsigned int regno),
5771 default_hard_regno_scratch_ok)
5772
5773 DEFHOOK
5774 (hard_regno_call_part_clobbered,
5775 "This hook should return true if @var{regno} is partly call-saved and\n\
5776 partly call-clobbered, and if a value of mode @var{mode} would be partly\n\
5777 clobbered by a call. For example, if the low 32 bits of @var{regno} are\n\
5778 preserved across a call but higher bits are clobbered, this hook should\n\
5779 return true for a 64-bit mode but false for a 32-bit mode.\n\
5780 \n\
5781 The default implementation returns false, which is correct\n\
5782 for targets that don't have partly call-clobbered registers.",
5783 bool, (unsigned int regno, machine_mode mode),
5784 hook_bool_uint_mode_false)
5785
5786 /* Return the smallest number of different values for which it is best to
5787 use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches. */
5788 DEFHOOK
5789 (case_values_threshold,
5790 "This function return the smallest number of different values for which it\n\
5791 is best to use a jump-table instead of a tree of conditional branches.\n\
5792 The default is four for machines with a @code{casesi} instruction and\n\
5793 five otherwise. This is best for most machines.",
5794 unsigned int, (void),
5795 default_case_values_threshold)
5796
5797 DEFHOOK
5798 (starting_frame_offset,
5799 "This hook returns the offset from the frame pointer to the first local\n\
5800 variable slot to be allocated. If @code{FRAME_GROWS_DOWNWARD}, it is the\n\
5801 offset to @emph{end} of the first slot allocated, otherwise it is the\n\
5802 offset to @emph{beginning} of the first slot allocated. The default\n\
5803 implementation returns 0.",
5804 HOST_WIDE_INT, (void),
5805 hook_hwi_void_0)
5806
5807 /* Optional callback to advise the target to compute the frame layout. */
5808 DEFHOOK
5809 (compute_frame_layout,
5810 "This target hook is called once each time the frame layout needs to be\n\
5811 recalculated. The calculations can be cached by the target and can then\n\
5812 be used by @code{INITIAL_ELIMINATION_OFFSET} instead of re-computing the\n\
5813 layout on every invocation of that hook. This is particularly useful\n\
5814 for targets that have an expensive frame layout function. Implementing\n\
5815 this callback is optional.",
5816 void, (void),
5817 hook_void_void)
5818
5819 /* Return true if a function must have and use a frame pointer. */
5820 DEFHOOK
5821 (frame_pointer_required,
5822 "This target hook should return @code{true} if a function must have and use\n\
5823 a frame pointer. This target hook is called in the reload pass. If its return\n\
5824 value is @code{true} the function will have a frame pointer.\n\
5825 \n\
5826 This target hook can in principle examine the current function and decide\n\
5827 according to the facts, but on most machines the constant @code{false} or the\n\
5828 constant @code{true} suffices. Use @code{false} when the machine allows code\n\
5829 to be generated with no frame pointer, and doing so saves some time or space.\n\
5830 Use @code{true} when there is no possible advantage to avoiding a frame\n\
5831 pointer.\n\
5832 \n\
5833 In certain cases, the compiler does not know how to produce valid code\n\
5834 without a frame pointer. The compiler recognizes those cases and\n\
5835 automatically gives the function a frame pointer regardless of what\n\
5836 @code{targetm.frame_pointer_required} returns. You don't need to worry about\n\
5837 them.\n\
5838 \n\
5839 In a function that does not require a frame pointer, the frame pointer\n\
5840 register can be allocated for ordinary usage, unless you mark it as a\n\
5841 fixed register. See @code{FIXED_REGISTERS} for more information.\n\
5842 \n\
5843 Default return value is @code{false}.",
5844 bool, (void),
5845 hook_bool_void_false)
5846
5847 /* Returns true if the compiler is allowed to try to replace register number
5848 from-reg with register number to-reg. */
5849 DEFHOOK
5850 (can_eliminate,
5851 "This target hook should return @code{true} if the compiler is allowed to\n\
5852 try to replace register number @var{from_reg} with register number\n\
5853 @var{to_reg}. This target hook will usually be @code{true}, since most of the\n\
5854 cases preventing register elimination are things that the compiler already\n\
5855 knows about.\n\
5856 \n\
5857 Default return value is @code{true}.",
5858 bool, (const int from_reg, const int to_reg),
5859 hook_bool_const_int_const_int_true)
5860
5861 /* Modify any or all of fixed_regs, call_used_regs, global_regs,
5862 reg_names, and reg_class_contents to account of the vagaries of the
5863 target. */
5864 DEFHOOK
5865 (conditional_register_usage,
5866 "This hook may conditionally modify five variables\n\
5867 @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs}, @code{global_regs},\n\
5868 @code{reg_names}, and @code{reg_class_contents}, to take into account\n\
5869 any dependence of these register sets on target flags. The first three\n\
5870 of these are of type @code{char []} (interpreted as boolean vectors).\n\
5871 @code{global_regs} is a @code{const char *[]}, and\n\
5872 @code{reg_class_contents} is a @code{HARD_REG_SET}. Before the macro is\n\
5873 called, @code{fixed_regs}, @code{call_used_regs},\n\
5874 @code{reg_class_contents}, and @code{reg_names} have been initialized\n\
5875 from @code{FIXED_REGISTERS}, @code{CALL_USED_REGISTERS},\n\
5876 @code{REG_CLASS_CONTENTS}, and @code{REGISTER_NAMES}, respectively.\n\
5877 @code{global_regs} has been cleared, and any @option{-ffixed-@var{reg}},\n\
5878 @option{-fcall-used-@var{reg}} and @option{-fcall-saved-@var{reg}}\n\
5879 command options have been applied.\n\
5880 \n\
5881 @cindex disabling certain registers\n\
5882 @cindex controlling register usage\n\
5883 If the usage of an entire class of registers depends on the target\n\
5884 flags, you may indicate this to GCC by using this macro to modify\n\
5885 @code{fixed_regs} and @code{call_used_regs} to 1 for each of the\n\
5886 registers in the classes which should not be used by GCC@. Also make\n\
5887 @code{define_register_constraint}s return @code{NO_REGS} for constraints\n\
5888 that shouldn't be used.\n\
5889 \n\
5890 (However, if this class is not included in @code{GENERAL_REGS} and all\n\
5891 of the insn patterns whose constraints permit this class are\n\
5892 controlled by target switches, then GCC will automatically avoid using\n\
5893 these registers when the target switches are opposed to them.)",
5894 void, (void),
5895 hook_void_void)
5896
5897 DEFHOOK
5898 (stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe,
5899 "Some targets make optimistic assumptions about the state of stack probing when they emit their prologues. On such targets a probe into the end of any dynamically allocated space is likely required for safety against stack clash style attacks. Define this variable to return nonzero if such a probe is required or zero otherwise. You need not define this macro if it would always have the value zero.",
5900 bool, (rtx residual),
5901 default_stack_clash_protection_final_dynamic_probe)
5902
5903
5904 /* Functions specific to the C family of frontends. */
5905 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5906 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_C_"
5907 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_C, c)
5908
5909 /* ??? Documenting this hook requires a GFDL license grant. */
5910 DEFHOOK_UNDOC
5911 (mode_for_suffix,
5912 "Return machine mode for non-standard constant literal suffix @var{c},\
5913 or VOIDmode if non-standard suffixes are unsupported.",
5914 machine_mode, (char c),
5915 default_mode_for_suffix)
5916
5917 DEFHOOK
5918 (excess_precision,
5919 "Return a value, with the same meaning as the C99 macro\
5920 @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD} that describes which excess precision should be\
5921 applied. @var{type} is either @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT},\
5922 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, or\
5923 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD}. For\
5924 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_IMPLICIT}, the target should return which\
5925 precision and range operations will be implictly evaluated in regardless\
5926 of the excess precision explicitly added. For\
5927 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} and\
5928 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}, the target should return the\
5929 explicit excess precision that should be added depending on the\
5930 value set for @option{-fexcess-precision=@r{[}standard@r{|}fast@r{]}}.\
5931 Note that unpredictable explicit excess precision does not make sense,\
5932 so a target should never return @code{FLT_EVAL_METHOD_UNPREDICTABLE}\
5933 when @var{type} is @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_STANDARD} or\
5934 @code{EXCESS_PRECISION_TYPE_FAST}.",
5935 enum flt_eval_method, (enum excess_precision_type type),
5936 default_excess_precision)
5937
5938 HOOK_VECTOR_END (c)
5939
5940 /* Functions specific to the C++ frontend. */
5941 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
5942 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_CXX_"
5943 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_CXX, cxx)
5944
5945 /* Return the integer type used for guard variables. */
5946 DEFHOOK
5947 (guard_type,
5948 "Define this hook to override the integer type used for guard variables.\n\
5949 These are used to implement one-time construction of static objects. The\n\
5950 default is long_long_integer_type_node.",
5951 tree, (void),
5952 default_cxx_guard_type)
5953
5954 /* Return true if only the low bit of the guard should be tested. */
5955 DEFHOOK
5956 (guard_mask_bit,
5957 "This hook determines how guard variables are used. It should return\n\
5958 @code{false} (the default) if the first byte should be used. A return value of\n\
5959 @code{true} indicates that only the least significant bit should be used.",
5960 bool, (void),
5961 hook_bool_void_false)
5962
5963 /* Returns the size of the array cookie for an array of type. */
5964 DEFHOOK
5965 (get_cookie_size,
5966 "This hook returns the size of the cookie to use when allocating an array\n\
5967 whose elements have the indicated @var{type}. Assumes that it is already\n\
5968 known that a cookie is needed. The default is\n\
5969 @code{max(sizeof (size_t), alignof(type))}, as defined in section 2.7 of the\n\
5970 IA64/Generic C++ ABI@.",
5971 tree, (tree type),
5972 default_cxx_get_cookie_size)
5973
5974 /* Returns true if the element size should be stored in the array cookie. */
5975 DEFHOOK
5976 (cookie_has_size,
5977 "This hook should return @code{true} if the element size should be stored in\n\
5978 array cookies. The default is to return @code{false}.",
5979 bool, (void),
5980 hook_bool_void_false)
5981
5982 /* Allows backends to perform additional processing when
5983 deciding if a class should be exported or imported. */
5984 DEFHOOK
5985 (import_export_class,
5986 "If defined by a backend this hook allows the decision made to export\n\
5987 class @var{type} to be overruled. Upon entry @var{import_export}\n\
5988 will contain 1 if the class is going to be exported, @minus{}1 if it is going\n\
5989 to be imported and 0 otherwise. This function should return the\n\
5990 modified value and perform any other actions necessary to support the\n\
5991 backend's targeted operating system.",
5992 int, (tree type, int import_export), NULL)
5993
5994 /* Returns true if constructors and destructors return "this". */
5995 DEFHOOK
5996 (cdtor_returns_this,
5997 "This hook should return @code{true} if constructors and destructors return\n\
5998 the address of the object created/destroyed. The default is to return\n\
5999 @code{false}.",
6000 bool, (void),
6001 hook_bool_void_false)
6002
6003 /* Returns true if the key method for a class can be an inline
6004 function, so long as it is not declared inline in the class
6005 itself. Returning true is the behavior required by the Itanium C++ ABI. */
6006 DEFHOOK
6007 (key_method_may_be_inline,
6008 "This hook returns true if the key method for a class (i.e., the method\n\
6009 which, if defined in the current translation unit, causes the virtual\n\
6010 table to be emitted) may be an inline function. Under the standard\n\
6011 Itanium C++ ABI the key method may be an inline function so long as\n\
6012 the function is not declared inline in the class definition. Under\n\
6013 some variants of the ABI, an inline function can never be the key\n\
6014 method. The default is to return @code{true}.",
6015 bool, (void),
6016 hook_bool_void_true)
6017
6018 DEFHOOK
6019 (determine_class_data_visibility,
6020 "@var{decl} is a virtual table, virtual table table, typeinfo object,\
6021 or other similar implicit class data object that will be emitted with\
6022 external linkage in this translation unit. No ELF visibility has been\
6023 explicitly specified. If the target needs to specify a visibility\
6024 other than that of the containing class, use this hook to set\
6025 @code{DECL_VISIBILITY} and @code{DECL_VISIBILITY_SPECIFIED}.",
6026 void, (tree decl),
6027 hook_void_tree)
6028
6029 /* Returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other
6030 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they
6031 have external linkage. If this hook returns false, then
6032 class data for classes whose virtual table will be emitted in
6033 only one translation unit will not be COMDAT. */
6034 DEFHOOK
6035 (class_data_always_comdat,
6036 "This hook returns true (the default) if virtual tables and other\n\
6037 similar implicit class data objects are always COMDAT if they have\n\
6038 external linkage. If this hook returns false, then class data for\n\
6039 classes whose virtual table will be emitted in only one translation\n\
6040 unit will not be COMDAT.",
6041 bool, (void),
6042 hook_bool_void_true)
6043
6044 /* Returns true (the default) if the RTTI for the basic types,
6045 which is always defined in the C++ runtime, should be COMDAT;
6046 false if it should not be COMDAT. */
6047 DEFHOOK
6048 (library_rtti_comdat,
6049 "This hook returns true (the default) if the RTTI information for\n\
6050 the basic types which is defined in the C++ runtime should always\n\
6051 be COMDAT, false if it should not be COMDAT.",
6052 bool, (void),
6053 hook_bool_void_true)
6054
6055 /* Returns true if __aeabi_atexit should be used to register static
6056 destructors. */
6057 DEFHOOK
6058 (use_aeabi_atexit,
6059 "This hook returns true if @code{__aeabi_atexit} (as defined by the ARM EABI)\n\
6060 should be used to register static destructors when @option{-fuse-cxa-atexit}\n\
6061 is in effect. The default is to return false to use @code{__cxa_atexit}.",
6062 bool, (void),
6063 hook_bool_void_false)
6064
6065 /* Returns true if target may use atexit in the same manner as
6066 __cxa_atexit to register static destructors. */
6067 DEFHOOK
6068 (use_atexit_for_cxa_atexit,
6069 "This hook returns true if the target @code{atexit} function can be used\n\
6070 in the same manner as @code{__cxa_atexit} to register C++ static\n\
6071 destructors. This requires that @code{atexit}-registered functions in\n\
6072 shared libraries are run in the correct order when the libraries are\n\
6073 unloaded. The default is to return false.",
6074 bool, (void),
6075 hook_bool_void_false)
6076
6077 DEFHOOK
6078 (adjust_class_at_definition,
6079 "@var{type} is a C++ class (i.e., RECORD_TYPE or UNION_TYPE) that has just\
6080 been defined. Use this hook to make adjustments to the class (eg, tweak\
6081 visibility or perform any other required target modifications).",
6082 void, (tree type),
6083 hook_void_tree)
6084
6085 DEFHOOK
6086 (decl_mangling_context,
6087 "Return target-specific mangling context of @var{decl} or @code{NULL_TREE}.",
6088 tree, (const_tree decl),
6089 hook_tree_const_tree_null)
6090
6091 HOOK_VECTOR_END (cxx)
6092
6093 /* Functions and data for emulated TLS support. */
6094 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6095 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_EMUTLS_"
6096 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_EMUTLS, emutls)
6097
6098 /* Name of the address and common functions. */
6099 DEFHOOKPOD
6100 (get_address,
6101 "Contains the name of the helper function that uses a TLS control\n\
6102 object to locate a TLS instance. The default causes libgcc's\n\
6103 emulated TLS helper function to be used.",
6104 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_get_address")
6105
6106 DEFHOOKPOD
6107 (register_common,
6108 "Contains the name of the helper function that should be used at\n\
6109 program startup to register TLS objects that are implicitly\n\
6110 initialized to zero. If this is @code{NULL}, all TLS objects will\n\
6111 have explicit initializers. The default causes libgcc's emulated TLS\n\
6112 registration function to be used.",
6113 const char *, "__builtin___emutls_register_common")
6114
6115 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6116 DEFHOOKPOD
6117 (var_section,
6118 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS control variables should\n\
6119 be placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in\n\
6120 any section.",
6121 const char *, NULL)
6122
6123 DEFHOOKPOD
6124 (tmpl_section,
6125 "Contains the name of the section in which TLS initializers should be\n\
6126 placed. The default of @code{NULL} allows these to be placed in any\n\
6127 section.",
6128 const char *, NULL)
6129
6130 /* Prefixes for proxy variable and template. */
6131 DEFHOOKPOD
6132 (var_prefix,
6133 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS control variable names.\n\
6134 The default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6135 const char *, NULL)
6136
6137 DEFHOOKPOD
6138 (tmpl_prefix,
6139 "Contains the prefix to be prepended to TLS initializer objects. The\n\
6140 default of @code{NULL} uses a target-specific prefix.",
6141 const char *, NULL)
6142
6143 /* Function to generate field definitions of the proxy variable. */
6144 DEFHOOK
6145 (var_fields,
6146 "Specifies a function that generates the FIELD_DECLs for a TLS control\n\
6147 object type. @var{type} is the RECORD_TYPE the fields are for and\n\
6148 @var{name} should be filled with the structure tag, if the default of\n\
6149 @code{__emutls_object} is unsuitable. The default creates a type suitable\n\
6150 for libgcc's emulated TLS function.",
6151 tree, (tree type, tree *name),
6152 default_emutls_var_fields)
6153
6154 /* Function to initialize a proxy variable. */
6155 DEFHOOK
6156 (var_init,
6157 "Specifies a function that generates the CONSTRUCTOR to initialize a\n\
6158 TLS control object. @var{var} is the TLS control object, @var{decl}\n\
6159 is the TLS object and @var{tmpl_addr} is the address of the\n\
6160 initializer. The default initializes libgcc's emulated TLS control object.",
6161 tree, (tree var, tree decl, tree tmpl_addr),
6162 default_emutls_var_init)
6163
6164 /* Whether we are allowed to alter the usual alignment of the
6165 proxy variable. */
6166 DEFHOOKPOD
6167 (var_align_fixed,
6168 "Specifies whether the alignment of TLS control variable objects is\n\
6169 fixed and should not be increased as some backends may do to optimize\n\
6170 single objects. The default is false.",
6171 bool, false)
6172
6173 /* Whether we can emit debug information for TLS vars. */
6174 DEFHOOKPOD
6175 (debug_form_tls_address,
6176 "Specifies whether a DWARF @code{DW_OP_form_tls_address} location descriptor\n\
6177 may be used to describe emulated TLS control objects.",
6178 bool, false)
6179
6180 HOOK_VECTOR_END (emutls)
6181
6182 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6183 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_OPTION_"
6184 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_OPTION_HOOKS, target_option_hooks)
6185
6186 /* Function to validate the attribute((target(...))) strings. If
6187 the option is validated, the hook should also fill in
6188 DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET in the function decl node. */
6189 DEFHOOK
6190 (valid_attribute_p,
6191 "This hook is called to parse @code{attribute(target(\"...\"))}, which\n\
6192 allows setting target-specific options on individual functions.\n\
6193 These function-specific options may differ\n\
6194 from the options specified on the command line. The hook should return\n\
6195 @code{true} if the options are valid.\n\
6196 \n\
6197 The hook should set the @code{DECL_FUNCTION_SPECIFIC_TARGET} field in\n\
6198 the function declaration to hold a pointer to a target-specific\n\
6199 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure.",
6200 bool, (tree fndecl, tree name, tree args, int flags),
6201 default_target_option_valid_attribute_p)
6202
6203 /* Function to save any extra target state in the target options structure. */
6204 DEFHOOK
6205 (save,
6206 "This hook is called to save any additional target-specific information\n\
6207 in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for function-specific\n\
6208 options from the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.\n\
6209 @xref{Option file format}.",
6210 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr, struct gcc_options *opts), NULL)
6211
6212 /* Function to restore any extra target state from the target options
6213 structure. */
6214 DEFHOOK
6215 (restore,
6216 "This hook is called to restore any additional target-specific\n\
6217 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6218 function-specific options to the @code{struct gcc_options} structure.",
6219 void, (struct gcc_options *opts, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6220
6221 /* Function to update target-specific option information after being
6222 streamed in. */
6223 DEFHOOK
6224 (post_stream_in,
6225 "This hook is called to update target-specific information in the\n\
6226 @code{struct cl_target_option} structure after it is streamed in from\n\
6227 LTO bytecode.",
6228 void, (struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6229
6230 /* Function to print any extra target state from the target options
6231 structure. */
6232 DEFHOOK
6233 (print,
6234 "This hook is called to print any additional target-specific\n\
6235 information in the @code{struct cl_target_option} structure for\n\
6236 function-specific options.",
6237 void, (FILE *file, int indent, struct cl_target_option *ptr), NULL)
6238
6239 /* Function to parse arguments to be validated for #pragma target, and to
6240 change the state if the options are valid. If the first argument is
6241 NULL, the second argument specifies the default options to use. Return
6242 true if the options are valid, and set the current state. */
6243 DEFHOOK
6244 (pragma_parse,
6245 "This target hook parses the options for @code{#pragma GCC target}, which\n\
6246 sets the target-specific options for functions that occur later in the\n\
6247 input stream. The options accepted should be the same as those handled by the\n\
6248 @code{TARGET_OPTION_VALID_ATTRIBUTE_P} hook.",
6249 bool, (tree args, tree pop_target),
6250 default_target_option_pragma_parse)
6251
6252 /* Do option overrides for the target. */
6253 DEFHOOK
6254 (override,
6255 "Sometimes certain combinations of command options do not make sense on\n\
6256 a particular target machine. You can override the hook\n\
6257 @code{TARGET_OPTION_OVERRIDE} to take account of this. This hooks is called\n\
6258 once just after all the command options have been parsed.\n\
6259 \n\
6260 Don't use this hook to turn on various extra optimizations for\n\
6261 @option{-O}. That is what @code{TARGET_OPTION_OPTIMIZATION} is for.\n\
6262 \n\
6263 If you need to do something whenever the optimization level is\n\
6264 changed via the optimize attribute or pragma, see\n\
6265 @code{TARGET_OVERRIDE_OPTIONS_AFTER_CHANGE}",
6266 void, (void),
6267 hook_void_void)
6268
6269 /* This function returns true if DECL1 and DECL2 are versions of the same
6270 function. DECL1 and DECL2 are function versions if and only if they
6271 have the same function signature and different target specific attributes,
6272 that is, they are compiled for different target machines. */
6273 DEFHOOK
6274 (function_versions,
6275 "This target hook returns @code{true} if @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are\n\
6276 versions of the same function. @var{DECL1} and @var{DECL2} are function\n\
6277 versions if and only if they have the same function signature and\n\
6278 different target specific attributes, that is, they are compiled for\n\
6279 different target machines.",
6280 bool, (tree decl1, tree decl2),
6281 hook_bool_tree_tree_false)
6282
6283 /* Function to determine if one function can inline another function. */
6284 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6285 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6286 DEFHOOK
6287 (can_inline_p,
6288 "This target hook returns @code{false} if the @var{caller} function\n\
6289 cannot inline @var{callee}, based on target specific information. By\n\
6290 default, inlining is not allowed if the callee function has function\n\
6291 specific target options and the caller does not use the same options.",
6292 bool, (tree caller, tree callee),
6293 default_target_can_inline_p)
6294
6295 DEFHOOK
6296 (relayout_function,
6297 "This target hook fixes function @var{fndecl} after attributes are processed. Default does nothing. On ARM, the default function's alignment is updated with the attribute target.",
6298 void, (tree fndecl),
6299 hook_void_tree)
6300
6301 HOOK_VECTOR_END (target_option)
6302
6303 /* For targets that need to mark extra registers as live on entry to
6304 the function, they should define this target hook and set their
6305 bits in the bitmap passed in. */
6306 DEFHOOK
6307 (extra_live_on_entry,
6308 "Add any hard registers to @var{regs} that are live on entry to the\n\
6309 function. This hook only needs to be defined to provide registers that\n\
6310 cannot be found by examination of FUNCTION_ARG_REGNO_P, the callee saved\n\
6311 registers, STATIC_CHAIN_INCOMING_REGNUM, STATIC_CHAIN_REGNUM,\n\
6312 TARGET_STRUCT_VALUE_RTX, FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, EH_USES,\n\
6313 FRAME_POINTER_REGNUM, ARG_POINTER_REGNUM, and the PIC_OFFSET_TABLE_REGNUM.",
6314 void, (bitmap regs),
6315 hook_void_bitmap)
6316
6317 /* Targets should define this target hook to mark that non-callee clobbers are
6318 present in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE for all the calls that bind to a local
6319 definition. */
6320 DEFHOOKPOD
6321 (call_fusage_contains_non_callee_clobbers,
6322 "Set to true if each call that binds to a local definition explicitly\n\
6323 clobbers or sets all non-fixed registers modified by performing the call.\n\
6324 That is, by the call pattern itself, or by code that might be inserted by the\n\
6325 linker (e.g. stubs, veneers, branch islands), but not including those\n\
6326 modifiable by the callee. The affected registers may be mentioned explicitly\n\
6327 in the call pattern, or included as clobbers in CALL_INSN_FUNCTION_USAGE.\n\
6328 The default version of this hook is set to false. The purpose of this hook\n\
6329 is to enable the fipa-ra optimization.",
6330 bool,
6331 false)
6332
6333 /* Fill in additional registers set up by prologue into a regset. */
6334 DEFHOOK
6335 (set_up_by_prologue,
6336 "This hook should add additional registers that are computed by the prologue\
6337 to the hard regset for shrink-wrapping optimization purposes.",
6338 void, (struct hard_reg_set_container *),
6339 NULL)
6340
6341 /* For targets that have attributes that can affect whether a
6342 function's return statements need checking. For instance a 'naked'
6343 function attribute. */
6344 DEFHOOK
6345 (warn_func_return,
6346 "True if a function's return statements should be checked for matching the function's return type. This includes checking for falling off the end of a non-void function. Return false if no such check should be made.",
6347 bool, (tree),
6348 hook_bool_tree_true)
6349
6350 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6351 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_"
6352 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_SHRINK_WRAP_HOOKS, shrink_wrap)
6353
6354 DEFHOOK
6355 (get_separate_components,
6356 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6357 components that can be separately shrink-wrapped in the current function.\n\
6358 Return @code{NULL} if the current function should not get any separate\n\
6359 shrink-wrapping.\n\
6360 Don't define this hook if it would always return @code{NULL}.\n\
6361 If it is defined, the other hooks in this group have to be defined as well.",
6362 sbitmap, (void),
6363 NULL)
6364
6365 DEFHOOK
6366 (components_for_bb,
6367 "This hook should return an @code{sbitmap} with the bits set for those\n\
6368 components where either the prologue component has to be executed before\n\
6369 the @code{basic_block}, or the epilogue component after it, or both.",
6370 sbitmap, (basic_block),
6371 NULL)
6372
6373 DEFHOOK
6374 (disqualify_components,
6375 "This hook should clear the bits in the @var{components} bitmap for those\n\
6376 components in @var{edge_components} that the target cannot handle on edge\n\
6377 @var{e}, where @var{is_prologue} says if this is for a prologue or an\n\
6378 epilogue instead.",
6379 void, (sbitmap components, edge e, sbitmap edge_components, bool is_prologue),
6380 NULL)
6381
6382 DEFHOOK
6383 (emit_prologue_components,
6384 "Emit prologue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6385 void, (sbitmap),
6386 NULL)
6387
6388 DEFHOOK
6389 (emit_epilogue_components,
6390 "Emit epilogue insns for the components indicated by the parameter.",
6391 void, (sbitmap),
6392 NULL)
6393
6394 DEFHOOK
6395 (set_handled_components,
6396 "Mark the components in the parameter as handled, so that the\n\
6397 @code{prologue} and @code{epilogue} named patterns know to ignore those\n\
6398 components. The target code should not hang on to the @code{sbitmap}, it\n\
6399 will be deleted after this call.",
6400 void, (sbitmap),
6401 NULL)
6402
6403 HOOK_VECTOR_END (shrink_wrap)
6404 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6405 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6406
6407 /* Determine the type of unwind info to emit for debugging. */
6408 DEFHOOK
6409 (debug_unwind_info,
6410 "This hook defines the mechanism that will be used for describing frame\n\
6411 unwind information to the debugger. Normally the hook will return\n\
6412 @code{UI_DWARF2} if DWARF 2 debug information is enabled, and\n\
6413 return @code{UI_NONE} otherwise.\n\
6414 \n\
6415 A target may return @code{UI_DWARF2} even when DWARF 2 debug information\n\
6416 is disabled in order to always output DWARF 2 frame information.\n\
6417 \n\
6418 A target may return @code{UI_TARGET} if it has ABI specified unwind tables.\n\
6419 This will suppress generation of the normal debug frame unwind information.",
6420 enum unwind_info_type, (void),
6421 default_debug_unwind_info)
6422
6423 /* The code parameter should be of type enum rtx_code but this is not
6424 defined at this time. */
6425 DEFHOOK
6426 (canonicalize_comparison,
6427 "On some machines not all possible comparisons are defined, but you can\n\
6428 convert an invalid comparison into a valid one. For example, the Alpha\n\
6429 does not have a @code{GT} comparison, but you can use an @code{LT}\n\
6430 comparison instead and swap the order of the operands.\n\
6431 \n\
6432 On such machines, implement this hook to do any required conversions.\n\
6433 @var{code} is the initial comparison code and @var{op0} and @var{op1}\n\
6434 are the left and right operands of the comparison, respectively. If\n\
6435 @var{op0_preserve_value} is @code{true} the implementation is not\n\
6436 allowed to change the value of @var{op0} since the value might be used\n\
6437 in RTXs which aren't comparisons. E.g. the implementation is not\n\
6438 allowed to swap operands in that case.\n\
6439 \n\
6440 GCC will not assume that the comparison resulting from this macro is\n\
6441 valid but will see if the resulting insn matches a pattern in the\n\
6442 @file{md} file.\n\
6443 \n\
6444 You need not to implement this hook if it would never change the\n\
6445 comparison code or operands.",
6446 void, (int *code, rtx *op0, rtx *op1, bool op0_preserve_value),
6447 default_canonicalize_comparison)
6448
6449 DEFHOOK
6450 (min_arithmetic_precision,
6451 "On some RISC architectures with 64-bit registers, the processor also\n\
6452 maintains 32-bit condition codes that make it possible to do real 32-bit\n\
6453 arithmetic, although the operations are performed on the full registers.\n\
6454 \n\
6455 On such architectures, defining this hook to 32 tells the compiler to try\n\
6456 using 32-bit arithmetical operations setting the condition codes instead\n\
6457 of doing full 64-bit arithmetic.\n\
6458 \n\
6459 More generally, define this hook on RISC architectures if you want the\n\
6460 compiler to try using arithmetical operations setting the condition codes\n\
6461 with a precision lower than the word precision.\n\
6462 \n\
6463 You need not define this hook if @code{WORD_REGISTER_OPERATIONS} is not\n\
6464 defined to 1.",
6465 unsigned int, (void), default_min_arithmetic_precision)
6466
6467 DEFHOOKPOD
6468 (atomic_test_and_set_trueval,
6469 "This value should be set if the result written by\
6470 @code{atomic_test_and_set} is not exactly 1, i.e. the\
6471 @code{bool} @code{true}.",
6472 unsigned char, 1)
6473
6474 /* Return an unsigned int representing the alignment (in bits) of the atomic
6475 type which maps to machine MODE. This allows alignment to be overridden
6476 as needed. */
6477 DEFHOOK
6478 (atomic_align_for_mode,
6479 "If defined, this function returns an appropriate alignment in bits for an\
6480 atomic object of machine_mode @var{mode}. If 0 is returned then the\
6481 default alignment for the specified mode is used. ",
6482 unsigned int, (machine_mode mode),
6483 hook_uint_mode_0)
6484
6485 DEFHOOK
6486 (atomic_assign_expand_fenv,
6487 "ISO C11 requires atomic compound assignments that may raise floating-point\
6488 exceptions to raise exceptions corresponding to the arithmetic operation\
6489 whose result was successfully stored in a compare-and-exchange sequence. \
6490 This requires code equivalent to calls to @code{feholdexcept},\
6491 @code{feclearexcept} and @code{feupdateenv} to be generated at\
6492 appropriate points in the compare-and-exchange sequence. This hook should\
6493 set @code{*@var{hold}} to an expression equivalent to the call to\
6494 @code{feholdexcept}, @code{*@var{clear}} to an expression equivalent to\
6495 the call to @code{feclearexcept} and @code{*@var{update}} to an expression\
6496 equivalent to the call to @code{feupdateenv}. The three expressions are\
6497 @code{NULL_TREE} on entry to the hook and may be left as @code{NULL_TREE}\
6498 if no code is required in a particular place. The default implementation\
6499 leaves all three expressions as @code{NULL_TREE}. The\
6500 @code{__atomic_feraiseexcept} function from @code{libatomic} may be of use\
6501 as part of the code generated in @code{*@var{update}}.",
6502 void, (tree *hold, tree *clear, tree *update),
6503 default_atomic_assign_expand_fenv)
6504
6505 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6506
6507 /* True if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS section
6508 and then using ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP to allocate the space. */
6509 DEFHOOKPOD
6510 (have_switchable_bss_sections,
6511 "This flag is true if we can create zeroed data by switching to a BSS\n\
6512 section and then using @code{ASM_OUTPUT_SKIP} to allocate the space.\n\
6513 This is true on most ELF targets.",
6514 bool, false)
6515
6516 /* True if "native" constructors and destructors are supported,
6517 false if we're using collect2 for the job. */
6518 DEFHOOKPOD
6519 (have_ctors_dtors,
6520 "This value is true if the target supports some ``native'' method of\n\
6521 collecting constructors and destructors to be run at startup and exit.\n\
6522 It is false if we must use @command{collect2}.",
6523 bool, false)
6524
6525 /* True if thread-local storage is supported. */
6526 DEFHOOKPOD
6527 (have_tls,
6528 "Contains the value true if the target supports thread-local storage.\n\
6529 The default value is false.",
6530 bool, false)
6531
6532 /* True if a small readonly data section is supported. */
6533 DEFHOOKPOD
6534 (have_srodata_section,
6535 "Contains the value true if the target places read-only\n\
6536 ``small data'' into a separate section. The default value is false.",
6537 bool, false)
6538
6539 /* True if EH frame info sections should be zero-terminated. */
6540 DEFHOOKPOD
6541 (terminate_dw2_eh_frame_info,
6542 "Contains the value true if the target should add a zero word onto the\n\
6543 end of a Dwarf-2 frame info section when used for exception handling.\n\
6544 Default value is false if @code{EH_FRAME_SECTION_NAME} is defined, and\n\
6545 true otherwise.",
6546 bool, true)
6547
6548 /* True if #NO_APP should be emitted at the beginning of assembly output. */
6549 DEFHOOKPOD
6550 (asm_file_start_app_off,
6551 "If this flag is true, the text of the macro @code{ASM_APP_OFF} will be\n\
6552 printed as the very first line in the assembly file, unless\n\
6553 @option{-fverbose-asm} is in effect. (If that macro has been defined\n\
6554 to the empty string, this variable has no effect.) With the normal\n\
6555 definition of @code{ASM_APP_OFF}, the effect is to notify the GNU\n\
6556 assembler that it need not bother stripping comments or extra\n\
6557 whitespace from its input. This allows it to work a bit faster.\n\
6558 \n\
6559 The default is false. You should not set it to true unless you have\n\
6560 verified that your port does not generate any extra whitespace or\n\
6561 comments that will cause GAS to issue errors in NO_APP mode.",
6562 bool, false)
6563
6564 /* True if output_file_directive should be called for main_input_filename
6565 at the beginning of assembly output. */
6566 DEFHOOKPOD
6567 (asm_file_start_file_directive,
6568 "If this flag is true, @code{output_file_directive} will be called\n\
6569 for the primary source file, immediately after printing\n\
6570 @code{ASM_APP_OFF} (if that is enabled). Most ELF assemblers expect\n\
6571 this to be done. The default is false.",
6572 bool, false)
6573
6574 /* Returns true if we should generate exception tables for use with the
6575 ARM EABI. The effects the encoding of function exception specifications. */
6576 DEFHOOKPOD
6577 (arm_eabi_unwinder,
6578 "This flag should be set to @code{true} on targets that use an ARM EABI\n\
6579 based unwinding library, and @code{false} on other targets. This effects\n\
6580 the format of unwinding tables, and how the unwinder in entered after\n\
6581 running a cleanup. The default is @code{false}.",
6582 bool, false)
6583
6584 DEFHOOKPOD
6585 (want_debug_pub_sections,
6586 "True if the @code{.debug_pubtypes} and @code{.debug_pubnames} sections\
6587 should be emitted. These sections are not used on most platforms, and\
6588 in particular GDB does not use them.",
6589 bool, false)
6590
6591 DEFHOOKPOD
6592 (delay_sched2, "True if sched2 is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6593 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6594 bool, false)
6595
6596 DEFHOOKPOD
6597 (delay_vartrack, "True if vartrack is not to be run at its normal place.\n\
6598 This usually means it will be run as part of machine-specific reorg.",
6599 bool, false)
6600
6601 DEFHOOKPOD
6602 (no_register_allocation, "True if register allocation and the passes\n\
6603 following it should not be run. Usually true only for virtual assembler\n\
6604 targets.",
6605 bool, false)
6606
6607 /* Leave the boolean fields at the end. */
6608
6609 /* Functions related to mode switching. */
6610 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6611 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_MODE_"
6612 HOOK_VECTOR (TARGET_TOGGLE_, mode_switching)
6613
6614 DEFHOOK
6615 (emit,
6616 "Generate one or more insns to set @var{entity} to @var{mode}. @var{hard_reg_live} is the set of hard registers live at the point where the insn(s) are to be inserted. @var{prev_moxde} indicates the mode to switch from. Sets of a lower numbered entity will be emitted before sets of a higher numbered entity to a mode of the same or lower priority.",
6617 void, (int entity, int mode, int prev_mode, HARD_REG_SET regs_live), NULL)
6618
6619 DEFHOOK
6620 (needed,
6621 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If @code{OPTIMIZE_MODE_SWITCHING} is defined, you must define this macro to return an integer value not larger than the corresponding element in @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING}, to denote the mode that @var{entity} must be switched into prior to the execution of @var{insn}.",
6622 int, (int entity, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6623
6624 DEFHOOK
6625 (after,
6626 "@var{entity} is an integer specifying a mode-switched entity. If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{insn} during mode switching. It determines the mode that an insn results in (if different from the incoming mode).",
6627 int, (int entity, int mode, rtx_insn *insn), NULL)
6628
6629 DEFHOOK
6630 (entry,
6631 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function entry. If @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} must be defined.",
6632 int, (int entity), NULL)
6633
6634 DEFHOOK
6635 (exit,
6636 "If this macro is defined, it is evaluated for every @var{entity} that needs mode switching. It should evaluate to an integer, which is a mode that @var{entity} is assumed to be switched to at function exit. If @code{TARGET_MODE_EXIT} is defined then @code{TARGET_MODE_ENTRY} must be defined.",
6637 int, (int entity), NULL)
6638
6639 DEFHOOK
6640 (priority,
6641 "This macro specifies the order in which modes for @var{entity} are processed. 0 is the highest priority, @code{NUM_MODES_FOR_MODE_SWITCHING[@var{entity}] - 1} the lowest. The value of the macro should be an integer designating a mode for @var{entity}. For any fixed @var{entity}, @code{mode_priority} (@var{entity}, @var{n}) shall be a bijection in 0 @dots{} @code{num_modes_for_mode_switching[@var{entity}] - 1}.",
6642 int, (int entity, int n), NULL)
6643
6644 HOOK_VECTOR_END (mode_switching)
6645
6646 #undef HOOK_PREFIX
6647 #define HOOK_PREFIX "TARGET_"
6648
6649 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6650 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (have_##NAME, "", bool, (void), false)
6651 #include "target-insns.def"
6652 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6653
6654 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6655 DEFHOOK_UNDOC (gen_##NAME, "", rtx_insn *, PROTO, NULL)
6656 #include "target-insns.def"
6657 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6658
6659 #define DEF_TARGET_INSN(NAME, PROTO) \
6660 DEFHOOKPOD (code_for_##NAME, "*", enum insn_code, CODE_FOR_nothing)
6661 #include "target-insns.def"
6662 #undef DEF_TARGET_INSN
6663
6664 DEFHOOK
6665 (run_target_selftests,
6666 "If selftests are enabled, run any selftests for this target.",
6667 void, (void),
6668 NULL)
6669
6670 /* Close the 'struct gcc_target' definition. */
6671 HOOK_VECTOR_END (C90_EMPTY_HACK)
6672